WO2022051321A1 - Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a fxr agonist - Google Patents

Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a fxr agonist Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022051321A1
WO2022051321A1 PCT/US2021/048594 US2021048594W WO2022051321A1 WO 2022051321 A1 WO2022051321 A1 WO 2022051321A1 US 2021048594 W US2021048594 W US 2021048594W WO 2022051321 A1 WO2022051321 A1 WO 2022051321A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
solvate
acceptable salt
pharmaceutically acceptable
blend
composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/048594
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Charles M. Cook
Original Assignee
Coherus Biosciences, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Coherus Biosciences, Inc. filed Critical Coherus Biosciences, Inc.
Publication of WO2022051321A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022051321A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/166Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the carbon of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. procainamide, procarbazine, metoclopramide, labetalol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/343Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide condensed with a carbocyclic ring, e.g. coumaran, bufuralol, befunolol, clobenfurol, amiodarone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42Oxazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/468-Azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane; Derivatives thereof, e.g. atropine, cocaine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/575Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of three or more carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, ergosterol, sitosterol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2009Inorganic compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2013Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2013Organic compounds, e.g. phospholipids, fats
    • A61K9/2018Sugars, or sugar alcohols, e.g. lactose, mannitol; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polysorbates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/2027Organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly(meth)acrylates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/205Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, gums; Cyclodextrin
    • A61K9/2054Cellulose; Cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2004Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/2022Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/205Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, gums; Cyclodextrin
    • A61K9/2059Starch, including chemically or physically modified derivatives; Amylose; Amylopectin; Dextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/20Pills, tablets, discs, rods
    • A61K9/2072Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
    • A61K9/2086Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat
    • A61K9/209Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat containing drug in at least two layers or in the core and in at least one outer layer
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/4816Wall or shell material
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/48Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
    • A61K9/4816Wall or shell material
    • A61K9/4825Proteins, e.g. gelatin

Definitions

  • the present disclosure in some embodiments relates to fixed dose combination formulations comprising a PPARy inhibitor that is the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a famesoid X nuclear receptor (FXR) agonist (such as obeticholic acid (OCA)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, that are used for treating PPARy-mediated diseases or disorders.
  • a PPARy inhibitor that is the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof
  • FXR famesoid X nuclear receptor
  • OCA obeticholic acid
  • the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors are transducer proteins belonging to the steroid/thyroid/retinoid receptor superfamily.
  • the PPARs were originally identified as orphan receptors, without known ligands, but were named for their ability to mediate the pleiotropic effects of fatty acid peroxisome proliferators.
  • These receptors function as ligand- regulated transcription factors that control the expression of target genes by binding to their responsive DNA sequence as heterodimers with the retinoid X receptor (“RXR”).
  • RXR retinoid X receptor
  • the target genes encode enzymes involved in lipid metabolism and differentiation of adipocytes. Accordingly, the discovery of transcription factors involved in controlling lipid metabolism has provided insight into regulation of energy homeostasis in vertebrates, and further provided targets for the development of therapeutic agents for disorders such as obesity, diabetes and dyslipidemia.
  • Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor ⁇ (“PPARy”) is one member of the nuclear receptor superfamily of ligand-activated transcription factors and has been shown to be expressed in an adipose tissue-specific manner. Its expression is induced early during the course of differentiation of several preadipocyte cell lines. Additional research has now demonstrated that PPARy plays a pivotal role in the adipogenic signaling cascade. PPARy also regulates the ob/leptin gene which is involved in regulating energy homeostasis and adipocyte differentiation, which has been shown to be a critical step to be targeted for anti-obesity and diabetic conditions.
  • the compound of Formula (I): is a selective peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) ⁇ modulator.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is under development as a treatment for NASH.
  • Farnesoid X receptors are nuclear hormone receptors expressed in high amounts in body tissues that participate in bilirubin metabolism including the liver, intestines, and kidneys.
  • Bile acids are the natural ligands of the FXRs.
  • FXRs regulate the expression of the gene encoding for cholesterol 7 alpha-hydroxylase, which is the rate-limiting enzyme in BA synthesis.
  • FXRs play a critical role in carbohydrate and lipid metabolism and regulation of insulin sensitivity.
  • FXRs also modulate live growth and regeneration during liver injury. Preclinical studies have shown that FXR activation protects against cholestasis-induced liver injury.
  • FXR activation protects against fatty liver injury in animal models of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), and improved hyperlipidemia, glucose intolerance, and insulin sensitivity.
  • NAFLD nonalcoholic fatty liver disease
  • NASH nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
  • hyperlipidemia glucose intolerance
  • insulin sensitivity improved hyperlipidemia, glucose intolerance, and insulin sensitivity.
  • FXR Farnesoid X receptor
  • Ob eti cholic acid (OCALIVA ®), an FXR agonist , is indicated for the treatment of primary biliary cholangitis (PBC) in combination with ursodeoxycholic acid (UDCA) in adults with an inadequate response to UDCA, or as monotherapy in adults unable to tolerate UDCA.
  • Obeticholic acid (OCA) is also being evaluated for other indications including non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (“NASH”) and primary sclerosing cholangitis (“PSC”).
  • NASH non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
  • PSC primary sclerosing cholangitis
  • the compound of Formula (I) and the FXR agonist each have the desired pharmacokinetic characteristics (e.g. absorption, bioavailability, Cmax, Tmax, AUC, half-life) even though each drug product in the composition has different properties (e.g. solubility, permeability, total dose, dose proportionality).
  • the compound of Formula (I) is poorly soluble (less than 2 ⁇ g dissolves in lmL of water at pH 1 and less than 0.1 ⁇ g dissolves in 1 mL of water at pH 3 to 8).
  • Many FXR agonists are have low or variable solubility (for example, obeticholic acid solubility is less than 4 ⁇ g/mL at approximately pH 1 but is soluble at pH 7).
  • the total dose of the compound of Formula (I) is relatively low (e.g. 1 to 10 mg) which poses challenges in creating a formulation with even distribution to achieve a desired dissolution profile and pharmacokinetic characteristics for that drug product.
  • an FXR agonist may react with other drug substances in a fixed dose composition resulting in deleterious changes to the drug substances. For example, if obeticholic acid come into contact with the compound of Formula (I), the carboxylic acid on obeticholic acid may cause the compounds to partially form a salt. Partial salt formation could change the solubility characteristics of the drug substances which may impact the pharmacokinetics.
  • the formulation or dessicants in the packaging may cause the carboxylic acid on obeticholic acid to react with the primary alcohol on other drug substances such as the SGLT-2 inhibitor and esterify in a dehydration reaction, which may adversely affect its potency and solubility.
  • compositions comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend; (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
  • step (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer;
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
  • step (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (e) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (f) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
  • step (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet core;
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
  • step (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
  • step (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
  • step (c) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules
  • step (d) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
  • step (e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
  • step (k) filling a capsule with the mixture obtained in step (j).
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a capsule fill;
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating a PPAR ⁇ mediated disease or disorder, comprising administering a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, to a subject in need thereof.
  • the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder is type 2 diabetes, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), or a combination of any of the foregoing.
  • administering refers to a method of giving a dosage of a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a vertebrate or invertebrate, including a mammal, a bird, a fish, or an amphibian.
  • the preferred method of administration can vary depending on various factors, e.g., the components of the pharmaceutical composition, the site of the disease, and the severity of the disease.
  • CHS- 131 refers to a compound of Formula (I): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is a selective peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) ⁇ modulator.
  • PPAR peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor
  • the compound of Formula (I) is disclosed in, for example, U S. Patent Nos. 7,041,691; 6,200,995; 6,583,157; 6,653,332; and U S. Publication Application No. 2016/0260398, the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
  • the compound of Formula (I) can be prepared, for example, by the methods described in U S. Patent No. 6,583,157 or US Patent No. 6,200,995, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety herein.
  • different salts e.g., besylate, tosylate HC1, or HBr salts, and/or polymorphs of the compound of Formula (I) are used within the methods and compositions described herein.
  • Salts and polymorphs of the compound of Formula (I), such as those provided herein, can be prepared according to the methods described in U S. Patent. Nos. 6,583,157 and 7,223,761, the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • FXR agonist refers to a famesoid X nuclear receptor (FXR) agonist.
  • FXR famesoid X nuclear receptor
  • Examples of FXR agonists include, but are not limited to,
  • SGLT-2 inhibitor refers to a compound that inhibits the Sodium Glucose Co-Transporter-2 (SGLT-2).
  • SGLT-2 inhibitors disrupt reabsorption of glucose by the kidneys and thus exert a glucose-lowering effect.
  • SLGT-2 inhibitors By enhancing glucosuria, independently of insulin, SLGT-2 inhibitors have been shown to treat type 2 diabetes and improve cardiovascular outcomes. See, Wright, 2001, Am J Physiol Renal Physiol 280:F10; and Scheen, 2018, Circ Res 122:1439.
  • SGLT2 inhibitors include a class of drugs known as gliflozins.
  • SGLT-2 inhibitor is not limited to compounds that only inhibit SGLT-2, thus includes compounds that have other activities in addition to SGLT-2 inhibition.
  • SGLT-2 inhibitors include, but are not limited to, bexagliflozin, canagliflozin (INV OK ANA®), dapagliflozin (FARXIGA®), empagliflozin (JARDIANCE®), ertugliflozin (STEGLATROTM), ipragliflozin (SUGLAT®), luseogliflozin (LUSEFI®), remogliflozin, serfliflozin, licofliglozin, sotagliflozin (ZYNQUISTATM), and tofogliflozin.
  • amorphous refers to a solid material having no long range order in the position of its molecules.
  • the molecules in an amorphous solid are arranged in a random manner so that there is no well-defined arrangement, e.g., molecular packing, and no long range order.
  • Amorphous solids are generally isotropic, i.e. exhibit similar properties in all directions and do not have definite melting points.
  • an amorphous material is a solid material having no sharp characteristic crystalline peak(s) in its X-ray power diffraction (XRPD) pattern (i.e., is not crystalline as determined by XRPD). Instead, one or several broad peaks (e.g., halos) appear in its XRPD pattern. Broad peaks are characteristic of an amorphous solid.
  • substantially amorphous refers to a solid material having little or no long range order in the position of its molecules.
  • substantially amorphous materials have less than about 15% crystallinity (e.g., less than about 10% crystallinity or less than about 5% crystallinity).
  • substantially amorphous includes the descriptor, ‘amorphous’, which refers to materials having no (0%) crystallinity (e.g., no detectable crystallinity under standard XRPD conditions).
  • excipient refers to an inactive substance that serves as the vehicle or medium for an active substance.
  • Excipients include, but are not limited to fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, starch, dibasic calcium carbonate, and magnesium stearate), disintegrants (e.g., starch, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, crosscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, gums, and alginates), lubricants (magnesium or calcium stearate, PEG 4000, and PEG 6000), granulating agents (starch, pregelatinized starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methyl cellulose, and acacia), and glidants (colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, and magnesium carbonate).
  • fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, dextrose, sucrose,
  • Granulating solution refers to a solvent, such as a volatile solvent, or a solution that wets a blend, which upon agitation forms wet granules.
  • Granulating solutions include, for example, solvents such as water, ethanol, and isopropanol, or combinations thereof, as well as solutions of one or more excipients in water, ethanol, isopropanol, or combinations thereof, for example, a solution of povidone in water.
  • tablette core refers to the innermost portion of a tablet that contains drug substance, i.e., the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and/or the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the term “outer layer” refers to the outermost portion of a tablet that contains drug substance, i.e., the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and/or the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the outer layer is in contact with a coating and/or seal.
  • intermediate layer refers to a separating layer in contact with both the tablet core and the outer layer.
  • exemplary intermediate layers include, but are not limited to carbopols, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and other polymers.
  • solvate means a physical association of a compound with one or more solvent molecules.
  • the solvate may comprise either a stoichiometric or nonstoichiometric amount of the solvent molecules.
  • a solvate with a nonstoichiometric amount of solvent molecules may result from partial loss of solvent from the solvate.
  • Exemplary solvates include, but are not limited to hydrates, ethanolates, propylene glycol hydrates, and hemihydrates.
  • the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate,” refers to salts of a compound, solvates of a compound, as well as salts of solvates of a compound.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of the compound of Formula (I) includes the besylate salt of Formula (I), the hydrate of Formula (I), and the Formula (I) besylate hydrate.
  • fixed combination and “fixed dose combination,” used interchangeably herein, refer to a single composition or single dosage form comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a non-fixed combination or non-fixed dose combination refer to combination therapy where each active agent is formulated as a separate composition or dosage form, such that they may be administered concurrently or sequentially with variable intervening time limits.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound as provided herein is an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and can vary according to the nature and severity of the disease condition, and the potency of the compound.
  • a therapeutic effect is the relief, to some extent, of one or more of the symptoms of the disease, and can include curing a disease. “Curing” means that the symptoms of active disease are eliminated. However, certain long-term or permanent effects of the disease can exist even after a cure is obtained (such as, e.g., extensive tissue damage).
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound as provided herein refers to an amount of the compound that is effective as a monotherapy.
  • the amount of each compound as provided herein is a therapeutically effective amount. In such embodiments, the amount of each compound is effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder.
  • the amounts of the two compounds as provided herein together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder (e.g., the amounts of the compound of Formula (I) and a FXR agonist together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder).
  • the amount of each agent is also referred to as a “jointly therapeutically effective amount.”
  • the amounts of the two compounds as provided herein together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder (e.g., the amounts of the compound of Formula (I) and a FXR agonist together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder).
  • the amount of each agent is also referred to as a “jointly therapeutically effective amount.”
  • “synergistically effective amount” is an amount of the combination of the two combination partners that results in a synergistic effect, as “synergistic” is defined herein. Determining a synergistic interaction between two or more combination partners, the optimum range for the effect and absolute dose ranges of each component for the effect may be definitively measured by administration of the combination partners over different w/w (weight per weight) ratio ranges and doses to patients in need of treatment.
  • synergy in in vitro models or in vivo models can be predictive of the effect in humans and other species and in vitro models or in vivo models exist to measure a synergistic effect and the results of such studies can also be used to predict effective dose and plasma concentration ratio ranges and the absolute doses and plasma concentrations required in humans and other species by the application of pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic methods.
  • exemplary synergistic effects includes, but are not limited to, enhanced therapeutic efficacy, decreased dosage at equal or increased level of efficacy, reduced or delayed development of drug resistance, reduction of unwanted drug effects (e.g.
  • synergistic effects can include, but are not limited to reducing the risk of developing end-stage kidney disease (ESRD), reducing serum creatinine, reducing cardiovascular death and hospitalization for heart failure, reducing cardiovascular death and hospitalization for heart failure in subject with cardiovascular disease or multiple cardiac risk factors, reducing weight gain, improved cardiovascular function, and reducing diabetic nephropathy with albuminuria.
  • ESRD end-stage kidney disease
  • reducing serum creatinine reducing cardiovascular death and hospitalization for heart failure
  • reducing cardiovascular death and hospitalization for heart failure in subject with cardiovascular disease or multiple cardiac risk factors reducing weight gain, improved cardiovascular function, and reducing diabetic nephropathy with albuminuria.
  • treat or “treatment” refer to therapeutic or palliative measures.
  • beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation, in whole or in part, of symptoms associated with a disease or disorder or condition, dimini shment of the extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state (e.g., one or more symptoms of the disease), and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable.
  • Treatment can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
  • subject refers to any subject, particularly a mammalian subject, for whom diagnosis, prognosis, or therapy is desired, for example, a human.
  • a “PPARy-mediated disease or disorder” is a condition that results, directly or indirectly, from dysregulation of PPARy, for example, protein expression above or below normal levels, or protein activity above or below normal levels.
  • PPARy-mediated diseases or disorders include, but are not limited to diabetes (including type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes), hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipidemia, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), chronic kidney disease (CKD), or pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH).
  • the subject has NAFLD with attendant liver fibrosis.
  • the subject has NASH with attendant liver fibrosis.
  • the subject has NAFLD and type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, the subject has NASH and type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, the subject has type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. In some embodiments, the subject has NAFLD and cardiovascular disease. In some embodiments, the subject has NASH and cardiovascular disease. In some embodiments, the subject has type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and NASH.
  • compositions comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is provided in the form of a free base.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, 2-hydroxy ethanesulfonic acid, 2-oxoglutaric acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, acetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid (L), aspartic acid (L), benzenesulfonic acid (besylate), benzoic acid, camphoric acid (+), camphor- 10-sulfonic acid (+), capric acid (decanoic acid), caproic acid (hexanoic acid), caprylic acid (octanoic acid), carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecyl sulfuric acid, ethane-1, 2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulf
  • the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of a besylate salt. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of an HC1 salt. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of an HBr salt. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of a tosylate salt.
  • the FXR agonist is cafestol, chenodeoxycholic acid, obeticholic acid (OCA), fexaramine, GW 4064, or tropifexor.
  • the FXR agonist is OCA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the FXR agonist is a free base. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a free acid. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of a free base.
  • the amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, isomer, or a combination of two or more thereof is from about 1 to about 100 mg, or any value in between. For example, about 1 to about 25 mg, about 10 to about 35 mg, about 20 to about 45 mg, about 30 to about 55 mg, about 40 to about 65 mg, about 50 to about 75 mg, about 60 to about 85 mg, about 70 to about 95 mg, or about 75 to 100 mg.
  • the FXR agonist is cafestol. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of cafestol is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg.
  • the FXR agonist is chenodeoxycholic acid. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of chenodeoxy cholic acid is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is obeti cholic acid.
  • about 1 to 100 mg of obeticholic acid is administered, or any value in between.
  • the FXR agonist is fexaramine.
  • about 1 to 100 mg of fexaramine is administered, or any value in between.
  • the FXR agonist is GW 4064. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of GW 4064 is administered, or any value in between.
  • the FXR agonist is tropifexor. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of tropifexor is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg.
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is present in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 1 mg to about 3 mg. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount of 1.5 mg or 3 mg.
  • the amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is present in an amount from about 0.5 to about 4 milligrams (mg). For example, from about 0.5 to about 3.5 mg, about 1 to about 3 mg, or about 1.5 to about 2.5 mg.
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is administered at a dose from about 0.5 to about 1.5 mg, about 1 to about 2 mg, about 1.5 to about 2.5 mg, about 2 to about 3 mg, or about any value in between. In some embodiments, the dose is a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the composition is formulated for administration twice a day or daily. In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for administration daily.
  • the composition comprises particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the particles are in the form of a powder.
  • the particles comprise the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
  • the particles consist essentially of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the particles are micronized. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), have a size (d90) of about 2 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • ⁇ m about 2 ⁇ m, about 2.5 ⁇ m, about 3 ⁇ m, about 3.5 ⁇ m, about 4 ⁇ m, about 4.5 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m, about 5.5 ⁇ m, about 6 ⁇ m, about 6.5 ⁇ m, about 7 ⁇ m, about 7.5 ⁇ m, about 8 ⁇ m, about 8.5 ⁇ m, about 9 ⁇ m, about 9.5 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 6 ⁇ m, or any value not exceeding about 6 ⁇ m.
  • 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of about 2 ⁇ m to about 6 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • d50 size of the micronized particles
  • the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
  • Direct imaging provides the volume distribution of particles, removing the grouping of particle sizes which is characteristic of sieve analyses by determining the full range of particle sizes in the sample and hence drawing the true volumetric distribution.
  • particles are illuminated and imaged from the same side.
  • Direct imaging of particles also allows morphology information to be measured as well as size distribution data, for example, aspect ratio of particles (maximum and minimum diameter measurements), surface quality, and roughness.
  • Laser diffraction relies on detectors that measure the light-scattering effect caused by the interaction of a laser beam with particles. Similar to sieve analysis particle characteristics other than size cannot be measured.
  • the composition comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises grains comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the composition comprises particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the particles are in the form of a powder.
  • the particles comprise the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
  • the particles consist essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the particles are micronized. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles of the FXR agonist, such as OCA, have a size (d90) of less than or equal to about 250 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d90) of about 2 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 ⁇ m.
  • the particle size of the micronized particles of obeticholic acid is a particle size as described in U S. Patent No. 10,052,337, incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the particle size of the micronized particles of obeticholic acid (OCA) is a particle size as described in U S. Patent No. 10,155,787, incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. .
  • the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
  • the composition comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises grains comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a tablet. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a capsule. In some embodiments, the capsule is a gelatin capsule or a hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC) capsule.
  • HPMC hydroxypropylmethylcellulose
  • the tablet comprises a tablet core and an outer layer; wherein the tablet core comprises the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and wherein the outer layer comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the tablet core contacts the outer layer.
  • the composition further comprises an intermediate layer between the tablet core and the outer layer and contacting the tablet core and outer layer.
  • the intermediate layer comprises one or more excipients.
  • the intermediate layer comprises one excipient.
  • Exemplary intermediate layers include, but are not limited to a carbopol or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose.
  • the dissolution rate of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is about the same in a composition with an intermediate layer as in a reference composition lacking the intermediate layer.
  • the dissolution rate of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is about the same in a composition with an intermediate layer as in a reference composition lacking the intermediate layer.
  • the composition further comprises an immediate release coating around the outer layer.
  • exemplary immediate release coatings include, but are not limited to film coatings.
  • the outer layer consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the tablet core further comprises one or more excipients.
  • the one or more excipients are selected from Acrylates Copolymer, Adipic Acid, Agar, Alginic Acid, Alkyl Aryl Sodium Sulfonate, Allantoin, Aluminum Acetate, Aluminum Hydroxide, Aluminum Monostearate, Aluminum Oxide, Aluminum Polyester, Aluminum Silicate, Aluminum Silicate Pentahydrate, Aluminum Starch Octenyl succinate, Aluminum Stearate, Aluminum Sulfate Anhydrous, Aminobenzoate Sodium, Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer, Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer Type A, Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer Type B, Ammonium Acetate, Ammonium Calcium Alginate, Ammonium Chloride, Ammonium Lauryl Sulfate, Ammonium Phosphate Dibasic, Ammonium Sulfate, Anhydrous Citric Acid, Anhydrous Dextrose, Anhydrous Dibasic Calcium Phos
  • Hypromellose 2910 (15 MPA. S), Hypromellose 2910 (15000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2910 (3 MPA. S), Hypromellose 2910 (4000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2910 (5 MPA S), Hypromellose 2910 (6 MPA S), Hypromellose Acetate Succinate, Hypromellose Acetate Succinate 06081224 (3 MM2/S), Hypromellose Phthalate, Hypromellose Phthalate (24% PHTHALATE, 55 CST), Hypromellose Phthalate (31% PHTHALATE, 40 CST), Hypromelloses, Hystrene, Isoleucine, Isooctyl Acrylate/ Acrylamide/Vinyl Acetate Copolymer, kollidon VA 64 polymer, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Isostearate, Isopropyl My ri state, Isopropyl Palmitate, Isostearic Acid, Isostearyl
  • Methylcellulose 400 MPA S
  • Methylchloroi sothiazolinone Methylchloroisothiazolinone/Methylisothiazolinone Mixture
  • Methylparaben Methylparaben Sodium, Methylpyrrolidone, Mica, Microcrystalline Cellulose, Modified Com Starch (1-Octenyl Succinic Anhydride), Mono and Diglyceride, Monoethanolamine, Monoglycerides, Monosodium Citrate, Monosodium Glutamate, Monothioglycerol, Parabens, Paraffin, Pectin, Pectin, cirtrus, Peg 6-32 Stearate/Glycol Stearate, Peg/Ppg-18/18 Dimethicone, Peg-100 Stearate, Peg-120 Glyceryl Stearate, Peg- 120 Methyl Glucose Dioleate, Peg-2 Stearate, Peg-20 Methyl
  • Triacetin Tribasic Calcium Phosphate, Tricaprilin, Trichloroethane,
  • Trichloromonofluoromethane Trideceth-10, Triethanolamine Lauryl Sulfate, Triethyl Citrate, Trihydroxy stearin, Trimethylsilyl Treated Dimethiconol/Trimethylsiloxysilicate Crosspolymer (40/60 W/W; 5000000 PA S), Trimethylsilyl Treated Dimethiconol/Trimethylsiloxysilicate Crosspolymer (45/55 W/W; 100000 PA S), Tri sodium Citrate Dihydrate, Tri sodium Hedta, Trolamine, Tromethamine, Tryptophan, Valine, Xanthan Gum, Xylitol, Xylitol 300, Zinc Acetate, Zinc Chloride, Zinc Oxide, Zinc Stearate, Zinc Sulfate.
  • the one or more excipients are selected from crospovidone, croscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, povidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, silicon dioxide, colloidal anhydrous silica, hydroxypropylcellulose, sodium stearoyl fumarate, maize starch, lactose monohydrate, anhydrous lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, calcium carbonate, calcium stearate, PEG, microcrystalline cellulose, pregelatinized starch, talc, magnesium carbonate, mannitol, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and magnesium stearate.
  • the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the capsule comprises a tablet core and capsule fill.
  • the tablet core comprises the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and wherein the capsule fill comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the tablet core further comprises one or more excipients; and wherein the capsule fill further comprises one or more excipients.
  • the composition further comprises an outer layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and an intermediate layer between the tablet core and the outer layer and contacting the tablet core and outer layer.
  • the composition further comprises an outer layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein the tablet core is in contact with the outer layer.
  • the outer layer consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the outer layer comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients, as described herein.
  • the FXR agonist is obeticholic acid (OCA)
  • the one or more excipients are, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, and magnesium stearate.
  • the outer layer comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients, as described herein.
  • the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the granules are coated with a layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the granules further comprise one or more excipients, as described herein. In some embodiments, the granules consisting essentially of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof further comprises one or more excipients.
  • the FXR agonist is obeticholic acid (OCA)
  • the one or more excipients are, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, and magnesium stearate.
  • the layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the composition comprises (i) granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (ii) granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the composition comprises (i) granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (ii) the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in powder form.
  • the granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof further comprise one or more excipients.
  • the granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof consist essentially of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof further comprise one or more excipients.
  • the granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof consist essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • (i) and (ii) are blended.
  • the particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have a mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 2 ⁇ , or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm to about 500 nm, about 250 nm to about 750 nm, about 500 nm to about 1 ⁇ m, about 750 nm to about 1.25 ⁇ m, about 1 ⁇ m to about 1.5 ⁇ m, about 1.25 ⁇ m to about 1.75 ⁇ m, about 1.5 ⁇ m to about 2 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • the particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have a mean diameter of about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, about 1 ⁇ m, about 1.1 ⁇ m, about 1.2 ⁇ m, about 1.3 ⁇ m, about 1.4 ⁇ m, about 1.5 ⁇ m, about 1.6 ⁇ m, about 1.7 ⁇ m, about 1.8 ⁇ m, about 1.9 ⁇ m, or about 2 ⁇ m.
  • the particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have a mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 1 ⁇ m, or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, or about 1 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • the particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have a mean diameter from 100 nm to about 2 ⁇ m, or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm to about 500 nm, about 250 nm to about 750 nm, about 500 nm to about 1 ⁇ m, about 750 nm to about 1.25 ⁇ m, about 1 ⁇ m to about 1.5 ⁇ m, about 1.25 ⁇ m to about 1.75 ⁇ m, about 1.5 ⁇ m to about 2 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • the particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have a mean diameter of about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, about 1 ⁇ m, about 1.1 ⁇ m, about 1.2 ⁇ m, about 1.3 ⁇ m, about 1.4 ⁇ m, about 1.5 ⁇ m, about 1.6 ⁇ m, about 1.7 ⁇ m, about 1.8 ⁇ m, about 1.9 ⁇ m, or about 2 ⁇ m.
  • the particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof have a mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 1 ⁇ m, or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, or about 1 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is present in substantially amorphous form.
  • the substantially amorphous compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is prepared by spray drying, spray drying with one or more excipients, hot-melt extrusion, dissolution followed by lyophilization, evaporation vacuum drying, tray drying, microwave drying or other processes that are known to a skilled person to result in solvent evaporation, thereby resulting in the formation of solid dispersion or dissolution followed by precipitation onto an amorphous substrate.
  • the amorphous substrate is amorphous silica or fumed silica.
  • Hot melt extrusion is the processing of a material above its glass transition temperature (Tg), combining melting and mechanical energy followed by expulsion through an extruder to provide an amorphous material. All components are sheared, heated, plastified, mixed and dispersed, and finally shaped by pressing them through a die opening.
  • the material to be processed e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof
  • an extruder such as a twin-screw extruder.
  • Spray drying is another method for manufacturing amorphous solid materials.
  • Fast solvent evaporation that leads to a rapid transformation of solution to a solid state.
  • a solution or slurry of a compound is formed (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof), optionally including one or more excipients, and the solution or slurry is passed through an atomizer or spray nozzle to disperse the liquid into a stream of hot gas (e.g., nitrogen or air) which rapidly evaporates the solvent.
  • a stream of hot gas e.g., nitrogen or air
  • Dissolution followed by precipitation onto an amorphous substrate involves dissolving material (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) in a suitable solvent, and optionally also dissolving one or more excipients in the solvent, to form a solution.
  • the solution may be passed over the amorphous substrate and treated with a hot gas stream (e.g., nitrogen) to aid in solvent removal.
  • a hot gas stream e.g., nitrogen
  • the amorphous substrate is amorphous silica.
  • the amorphous substrate is fumed silica.
  • dissolution e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or an FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof
  • a suitable solvent and/or water
  • drying is followed by freezing the solution during a freezing cycle to form a frozen mixture; evacuating (vacuum) the lyophilization chamber; and drying the frozen mixture during a primary drying cycle which comprises at least one primary drying stage.
  • the process may further comprise further dryring using a secondary drying cycle comprising at least one secondary drying stage.
  • the frozen mixtures are exposed to a vacuum sufficient to remove the water or solvent (which may exist in a liquid and/or solid phase) at the average temperature of the primary drying cycle.
  • the primary- ⁇ drying cycle is optionally followed by a secondary- drying cycle, during which residual water or solvent is removed. Completion of the lyophilization process yields a stable amorphous solid.
  • the hot drying gas can be passed in as a co-current, same direction as sprayed liquid atomizer, or counter-current, where the hot air flows against the flow from the atomizer.
  • cocurrent flow particles spend less time in the system and the particle separator (typically a cyclone device).
  • counter-current flow particles spend more time in the system and is usually paired with a fluidized bed system.
  • Co-current flow generally allows the system to operate more efficiently.
  • the FXR agonist or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in crystalline form.
  • the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, further comprises an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin, canagliflozin, or dapagliflozin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of any of the foregoing.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor is canagliflozin hemihydrate. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a free base. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of a free base.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 300 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 200 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 100 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 50 mg.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 25 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 20 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 15 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 10 mg.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor is present in an amount of about 5 mg, about 10 mg, or about 25 mg.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor is canagliflozin.
  • the canagliflozin is present in an amount of about 100 mg or about 300 mg.
  • the canagliflozin is present in an amount of about 100 mg or about 300 mg of canagliflozin hemihydrate.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor is dapagliflozin.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor is dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate.
  • the dapagliflozin is present in an amount of about 5 mg or about 10 mg. In still other embodiments, the dapagliflozin is present in an amount of about 5 mg or about 10 mg of dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin. In some embodiments, the empagliflozin is present in an amount of about 10 mg or about 25 mg. In some embodiments, the dose is a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the composition comprises particles comprising the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the particles are in the form of a powder.
  • the particles comprise the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
  • the particles consist essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the particles are micronized. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d90) of less than or equal to about 250 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d90) of about 2 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 ⁇ m.
  • the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
  • the composition comprises granules comprising the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises grains comprising the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • buffer refers to an aqueous solution that resists a change in pH.
  • exemplary buffers include, but are not limited to, phosphate, acetate, and citrate.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL of water, containing about 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at about pH 1.5, at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 70 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes. See, for example, entirety.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes. See, for example, entirety.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C. ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 75 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 75 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C. ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 1,000 mL of acetate buffer at about pH 4.5, at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 60 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
  • the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL of 0.05M phosphate buffer at about pH 6.8 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is empagliflozin.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 1,000 mL of water with 0.75% wt sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS) at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 20 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 20 minutes. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is canagliflozin hemihydrate.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method
  • the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 r ⁇ m; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
  • about 50% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 45 minutes.
  • about 50% to about 75%, about 60% to about 85%, about 70% to about 95%, or about 80% to about 99%, or any value in between, is released after about 45 minutes.
  • about 75 to about 99% of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes, for example, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or any value in between.
  • about 25% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • about 50% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
  • about 50% to about 75%, about 60% to about 85%, about 70% to about 95%, or about 80% to about 99%, or any value in between, is released after about 45 minutes.
  • about 75 to about 99% of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes, for example, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or any value in between.
  • about 25% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the SGLT- 2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
  • about 50% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
  • about 50% to about 75%, about 60% to about 85%, about 70% to about 95%, or about 80% to about 99%, or any value in between, is released after about 15 minutes.
  • about 75 to about 99% of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes, for example, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or any value in between.
  • the compositions described herein provide a Cmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 50 to about 60 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Cmax of the compound of Formula (I) of about 54 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 3 hours to about 6 hours, when administered to a subject, for example, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, or about 6 hours. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fasted state. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fed state.
  • the he compositions described herein provide a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 3 hours to about 4 hours, when administered to a subject in a fasted state. In some embodiments, the he compositions described herein provide a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 4 hours to about 5 hours, when administered to a subject in a fed state.
  • compositions described herein provide an AUC of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 700 to about 1,000 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 750 to about 900 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • compositions described herein provide a Cmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 50 to about 60 ng/mL/mg, a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 3 hours to about 6 hours, and an AUC of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 700 to about 1,000 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • the compositions described herein provide a C max of the FXR agonist of from about 1 to about 20 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of the FXR agonist of about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 8, or about 10 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of OCA of from about 1 to about 5 ng/mL/mg, such as about 3.2 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • compositions described herein provide a T max of the FXR agonist of from about 1 hours to about 3.5 hours, when administered to a subject, for example, about 1 hour, about 1.25 hours, about 1.5 hours, about 1.75 hours, about 2 hours, about 2.25 hours, about 2.5 hours, about 2.75 hours, about 3 hours, about 3.25 hours, or about 3.5 hours.
  • the subject is in a fasted state. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fed state.
  • compositions described herein provide a T max of the FXR agonist of from about 1.0 to about 2.0 hours, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of OCA of about 1.5 hours, when administered to a subject.
  • compositions described herein provide an AUC of the FXR agonist of from about 2 to about 15 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the FXR agonist of from about 2 ng hr/mL/mg, about 3 ng hr/mL/mg, about 4 ng hr/mL/mg, about 5 ng hr/mL/mg, about 6 ng hr/mL/mg, about 7 ng hr/mL/mg, about 8 ng hr/mL/mg, about 9 ng hr/mL/mg, about 10 ng hr/mL/mg, about 11 ng hr/mL/mg, about 12 ng hr/mL/mg, about 13 ng hr/mL/mg, about 14 ng hr/mL/mg, or
  • the compositions described herein provide a C max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 5 to about 150 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of about 10 to about 15 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject, In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of empagliflozin of from about 75 to about 125 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Cmax of canagliflozin of from about 5 to about 15 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • the compositions described herein provide a T max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 0.5 hours to about 2.5 hours, when administered to a subject, for example, about 0.5 hours, about 0.75 hours, about 1 hour, about 1.25 hours, about 1.5 hours, about 1.75 hours, about 2 hours, or about 2.5 hours.
  • the subject is in a fasted state.
  • the subject is in a fed state.
  • the compositions described herein provide a T max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 1 to about 2 hours, when administered to a subject.
  • the compositions described herein provide a T max of dapagliflozin of about 2 hours, when administered to a subject.
  • compositions described herein provide a Tmax of empagliflozin of about 1 hour, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of canagliflozin of about 1.5 hours, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 30 to about 80 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • compositions described herein provide an AUC of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 30 to about 50 ng hr/mL/mg, about 40 to about 60 ng hr/mL/mg, about 50 to about 70 ng hr/mL/mg, or about 60 to about 80 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • the compositions described herein provide an AUC of dapagliflozin of from about 35 to about 55 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • compositions described herein provide an AUC of empagliflozin of from about 30 to about 40 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of canagliflozin of from about 60 to about 80 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (c) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; and (h) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
  • the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (f) are milled prior to the mixing with one or more excipients in steps (c) and/or (g).
  • the third blend of step (e) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (e)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g); (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
  • step (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
  • the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer;
  • the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
  • the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (d) are milled prior to the mixing with one or more excipients in steps (c) and/or (e).
  • the second blend of step (c) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (d)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
  • step (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (e) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (f) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
  • the second blend of step (d) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (d)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
  • step (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet core;
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
  • step (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend; (e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core; and
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
  • step (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
  • step (c) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules
  • step (d) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
  • step (e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; (j) mixing the second blend obtained in step (e) and the fourth blend obtained in step (i); and
  • step (k) filling a capsule with the mixture obtained in step (j).
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a capsule fill;
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (d) are milled prior to the mixing in step (e).
  • the second blend of step (c) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising: (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
  • step (c) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (f) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend
  • step (j) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (i) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend
  • step (k) mixing the fourth blend of step (g) with the sixth blend of step (j), optionally with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend;
  • step (l) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (k) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
  • the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (f) and/or (i) are milled prior to the mixing with one or more excipients in steps (c) and/or (g) and/or (j).
  • the third blend of step (e) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (e)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
  • step (l) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
  • step (1) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend
  • step (n) mixing the fourth blend of step (i) with the sixth blend of step (m), optionally with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend;
  • step (o) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (n) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
  • the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the fifth blend of step (j) consists essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (g)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
  • step (l) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
  • step (1) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend
  • step (n) mixing the fourth blend of step (i) with the sixth blend of step (m), optionally with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend;
  • step (o) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (n) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer;
  • the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the fifth blend of step (j) consists essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (g)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b); (d) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (e) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (f) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
  • step (h) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (g) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
  • step (i) milling the dry granules obtained in step (h);
  • the third blend of step (g) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the fifth blend of step (h) consists essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet core;
  • the dry granules obtained in step (b) are milled prior to step (d). In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in step (b) are not milled prior to step (d).
  • step (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • the dry granules obtained in step (b) are milled prior to step (d). In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in step (b) are not milled prior to step (d).
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
  • step (c) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules
  • step (d) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
  • step (e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
  • step (k) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the fifth blend obtained in step (j), and mixing the solution and fifth blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (l) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
  • step (1) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend
  • Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
  • step (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
  • step (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
  • step (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
  • step (j) forming dry granules comprising the fourth blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
  • step (k) milling the dry granules obtained in step (j);
  • step (l) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h), the milled dry granules obtained in step (k), and one or more excipients to form a capsule fill; and filling a capsule with the tablet core and the capsule fill.
  • milling further comprises screen sieving.
  • forming dry granules comprises roller compaction.
  • forming wet granules comprises contacting a fluidized bed with a blend, as described herein.
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is present in substantially amorphous form.
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is prepared by spray drying, spray drying with one or more excipients, hot-melt extrusion, or dissolution followed by precipitation onto an amorphous substrate, as described herein.
  • the amorphous substrate is amorphous silica or fumed silica.
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is milled prior to step (a).
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is micronized prior to step (a).
  • the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of steps (d), (e), or (f), is present in crystalline form.
  • the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is milled prior to use in the processes described herein.
  • the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is micronized prior to use in the processes described herein.
  • micronizing comprises forming particles having a mean diameter of from about 2 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m, or any value in between. For example, about 2 ⁇ m, about 2.5 ⁇ m, about 3 ⁇ m, about 3.5 ⁇ m, about 4 ⁇ m, about 4.5 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m, about 5.5 ⁇ m, about 6 ⁇ m, about 6.5 ⁇ m, about 7 ⁇ m, about 7.5 ⁇ m, about 8 ⁇ m, about 8.5 ⁇ m, about 9 ⁇ m, about 9.5 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m, or any value in between.
  • Some embodiments provide a method of treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder, comprising administering a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, to a subject in need thereof.
  • the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder is type 2 diabetes, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), or a combination of any of the foregoing.
  • the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder is type 2 diabetes and NASH. In some embodiments, the type 2 diabetes and NASH are treated.
  • the NASH is treated.
  • the subject has been previously diagnosed with NASH.
  • the subject has been previously diagnosed with type 2 diabetes.
  • the subject has been previously diagnosed with NASH and type 2 diabetes.
  • the subject has been previously diagnosed with NASH and type 2 diabetes, wherein administration composition described herein treats the NASH.
  • the subject has one or more cardiac risk factors, for example, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, a history (previous or current) of smoking, a family history of cardiovascular disease, obesity, and previous myocardial infarction or stroke.
  • the desired therapeutic effect is the same therapeutic effect observed in monotherapy of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, e.g., any of the beneficial or desired results including clinical results as described herein, for example slowing the symptomatic progression of a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder, or symptoms thereof.
  • the desired therapeutic effect is the same therapeutic effect observed in monotherapy of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, e.g., any of the beneficial or desired results including clinical results as described herein, for example slowing the symptomatic progression of a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder, or symptoms thereof.
  • an unwanted drug effect, side effect, or adverse event is associated with or observed in monotherapy of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and/or FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • an unwanted drug effect, side effect, or adverse event includes, but is not limited to edema, weight gain, hypertension, cardiovascular disease, and cardiovascular events (e.g. cardiovascular death, nonfatal myocardial infarction and nonfatal stroke).
  • Type 2 diabetes is an increasingly prevalent disease that due to a high frequency of complications leads to a significant reduction of life expectancy. Because of diabetes-associated microvascular complications, type 2 diabetes is currently the most frequent cause of adult-onset loss of vision, renal failure, and amputations in the industrialized world. In addition, the presence of type 2 diabetes is associated with a two to five fold increase in cardiovascular disease risk. After long duration of disease, most patients with type 2 diabetes will eventually fail on oral therapy and become insulin dependent with the necessity for daily injections and multiple daily glucose measurements.
  • the high incidence of therapeutic failure is a major contributor to the high rate of long-term hyperglycemia-associated complications or chronic damages (including micro- and macrovascular complications such as diabetic nephropathy, retinopathy or neuropathy, and/or cardiovascular complications) in patients with type 2 diabetes.
  • the World Health Organization diagnostic criteria for diabetes are shown below. Table 1. World Health Organization Diabetes Diagnostic Criteria
  • the treatment of diabetes comprises one or more of a reduction in fasting glucose levels, improved glucose tolerance, and a decrease in HbAic.
  • NAFLD is characterized by hepatic steatosis with no secondary causes of hepatic steatosis including excessive alcohol consumption, other known liver diseases, or long-term use of a steatogenic medication (Chalasani et al., Hepatology. 2018, 67(l):328-357, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • NAFLD can be categorized into non-alcoholic fatty liver (NAFL) and non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). According to Chalasani et al., NAFL is defined as the presence of > 5% hepatic steatosis without evidence of hepatocellular injury in the form of hepatocyte ballooning.
  • NASH is defined as the presence of > 5% hepatic steatosis and inflammation with hepatocyte injury (e.g., ballooning), with or without any liver fibrosis. Additionally, NASH is commonly associated with hepatic inflammation and liver fibrosis, which can progress to cirrhosis, end-stage liver disease, and hepatocellular carcinoma. However, liver fibrosis is not always present in NASH, but the severity of fibrosis can be linked to long-term outcomes.
  • these approaches include determining one or more of hepatic steatosis (e.g., accumulation of fat in the liver); the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS); hepatic inflammation; biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, hepatic inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis (e.g., serum markers and panels); and liver fibrosis and/or cirrhosis.
  • physiological indicators ofNAFLD can include liver morphology, liver stiffness, and the size or weight of the subject’s liver.
  • NAFLD in the subject is evidenced by an accumulation of hepatic fat and detection of a biomarker indicative of liver damage.
  • elevated serum ferritin and low titers of serum autoantibodies can be common features of NAFLD.
  • methods to assess NAFLD include magnetic resonance imaging, either by spectroscopy or by proton density fat fraction (MRI-PDFF) to quantify steatosis, transient elastography (FIBROSCAN®), hepatic venous pressure gradient (HPVG), hepatic stiffness measurement with MRE for diagnosing significant liver fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, and assessing histological features of liver biopsy.
  • MRI-PDFF proton density fat fraction
  • HPVG hepatic venous pressure gradient
  • MRE hepatic stiffness measurement with MRE for diagnosing significant liver fibrosis and/or cirrhosis
  • magnetic resonance imaging is used to detect one or more of steatohepatitis (NASH-MRI), liver fibrosis (Fibro-MRI), and steatosis see, for example, U S. Application Publication Nos. 2016/146715 and 2005/0215882, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • NASH-MRI steatohepatitis
  • Fibro-MRI liver fibrosis
  • steatosis see, for example, U S. Application Publication Nos. 2016/146715 and 2005/0215882, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • treatment ofNAFLD comprises one or more of a decrease in symptoms; a reduction in the amount of hepatic steatosis; a decrease in the NAS; a decrease in hepatic inflammation; a decrease in the level of biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis; and a reduction in fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, a lack of further progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, or a slowing of the progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis.
  • the severity of NALFD can be assessed using the NAS.
  • treatment of NAFLD can be assessed using the NAS.
  • treatment ofNAFLD comprises a reduction in the NAS following administration of one or more compounds described herein.
  • the NAS can be determined as described in Kleiner et al., Hepatology. 2005, 41(6): 1313-1321, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. See, for example, Table 2 for a simplified NAS scheme adapted from Kleiner.
  • the NAS is determined non-invasively, for example, as described in U S. Application Publication No. 2018/0140219, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • the presence of hepatic inflammation is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of biomarkers indicative of hepatic inflammation and a liver biopsy sample(s) from the subject.
  • the severity of hepatic inflammation is determined from a liver biopsy sample(s) from the subject. For example, hepatic inflammation in a liver biopsy sample can be assessed as described in Kleiner et al., Hepatology. 2005, 41(6): 1313-1321 and Brunt et al., Am J Gastroenterol 1999, 94:2467-2474, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, e.g., a decrease in the severity of fibrosis, a lack of further progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, or a slowing of the progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis.
  • the presence of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of transient elastography (e.g., FIBROSCAN®), non-invasive markers of hepatic fibrosis, and histological features of a liver biopsy.
  • the severity (e.g., stage) of fibrosis is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of transient elastography (e.g., FIBROSCAN®), a fibrosis-scoring system, biomarkers of hepatic fibrosis (e.g., non-invasive biomarkers), and hepatic venous pressure gradient (HVPG).
  • transient elastography e.g., FIBROSCAN®
  • biomarkers of hepatic fibrosis e.g., non-invasive biomarkers
  • HVPG hepatic venous pressure gradient
  • fibrosis scoring systems include the NAFLD fibrosis scoring system (see, e.g., Angulo, et al., Hepatology . 2007; 45(4):846-54), the fibrosis scoring system in Brunt et al., Am J Gastroenterol .
  • the presence of NAFLD is determined by one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis or scoring systems thereof.
  • the severity of NAFLD is determined by one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis or scoring systems thereof.
  • the level of the biomarker can be determined by, for example, measuring, quantifying, and monitoring the expression level of the gene or mRNA encoding the biomarker and/or the peptide or protein of the biomarker.
  • Non-limiting examples of biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis and/or scoring systems thereof include the aspartate aminotransferase (AST) to platelet ratio index (APRI); the aspartate aminotransferase (AST) and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) ratio (AAR); the FIB-4 score, which is based on the APRI, alanine aminotransferase (ALT) levels, and age of the subject (see, e.g., McPherson et al., Gut.
  • hyaluronic acid pro-inflammatory cytokines
  • a panel of biomarkers consisting of a2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein Al, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®)
  • a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, a2 -macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams etak, Clin Chem.
  • a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase- 1, hyaluronic acid, and a2-macroglobulin e.g., FIBROSPECT®
  • a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score, see, e.g., Lichtinghagen R, et al., J Hepatol. 2013 Aug; 59(2): 236-42, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
  • the presence of fibrosis is determined by one or more of the FIB-4 score, a panel of biomarkers consisting of a2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein Al, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, a2- macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin Chem.
  • HEPASCORE® see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin Chem.
  • biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase- 1, hyaluronic acid, and a2-macroglobulin
  • FIBROSPECT® tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1
  • PIIINP amino- terminal propeptide of type III procollagen
  • HA hyaluronic acid
  • the level of aspartate aminotransferase does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) decreases. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) decreases.
  • the “level” of an enzyme refers to the concentration of the enzyme, e.g., within blood. For example, the level of AST or ALT can be expressed as Units/L.
  • the severity of fibrosis is determined by one or more of the FIB-4 score, a panel of biomarkers consisting of a2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein Al, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, a2 -macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin Chem.
  • HEPASCORE® see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin Chem.
  • biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase- 1, hyaluronic acid, and a2-macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®); and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score).
  • tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase- 1, hyaluronic acid, and a2-macroglobulin e.g., FIBROSPECT®
  • a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score).
  • TGF tissue inhibitor
  • hepatic inflammation is determined by the level of liver inflammation biomarkers, e.g., pro-inflammatory cytokines.
  • biomarkers indicative of liver inflammation include interleukin-(IL) 6, interleukin-(IL) 1 ⁇ , tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-a, transforming growth factor (TGFj- ⁇ , monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP)-l, C- reactive protein (CRP), PAI-1, and collagen isoforms such as Collal, Colla2, and Col4al (see, e.g., Neuman, et al., Can J Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Dec; 28(11): 607-618 and U S. Patent No.
  • Liver inflammation can also be assessed by change of macrophage infiltration, e.g., measuring a change of CD68 expression level.
  • liver inflammation can be determined by measuring or monitoring serum levels or circulating levels of one or more of interleukin-(IL) 6, interleukin-(IL) 1 ⁇ , tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-a, transforming growth factor (TGFj- ⁇ , monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP)-l, and C -reactive protein
  • the NAFLD is NAFLD with attendant cholestasis. In cholestasis, the release of bile, including bile acids, from the liver is blocked.
  • Bile acids can cause hepatocyte damage (see, e.g., Perez MJ, Briz O. World J Gastroenterol. 2009 Apr 14; 15(14): 1677-89) likely leading to or increasing the progression of fibrosis (e.g., cirrhosis) and increasing the risk of hepatocellular carcinoma (see, e.g., Sorrentino P et ah. Dig Dis Sci. 2005 Jun;50(6): 1130-5 and Satapathy SK and Sanyal AJ. Semin Liver Dis. 2015, 35 (3 ) : 221-35, each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties).
  • the NAFLD with attendant cholestasis is NASH with attendant cholestasis.
  • the treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of pruritus. In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD with attendant cholestasis comprises treatment of pruritus. In some embodiments, a subject with NAFLD with attendant cholestasis has pruritus.
  • treatment of NAFLD comprises an increase in adiponectin.
  • the compound of Formula (I) may be a selective activator of a highly limited number of PPARy pathways including pathways regulated by adiponectin.
  • Adiponectin is an anti-fibrotic and anti-inflammatory adipokine in the liver (see e.g., Park et ak, Curr Pathobiol Rep. 2015 Dec 1; 3(4): 243-252.).
  • the level of adiponectin is determined by, for example, an ELISA enzymatic assay. (CRP).
  • treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease of one or more symptoms associated with NAFLD in the subject.
  • exemplary symptoms can include one or more of an enlarged liver, fatigue, pain in the upper right abdomen, abdominal swelling, enlarged blood vessels just beneath the skin's surface, enlarged breasts in men, enlarged spleen, red palms, jaundice, and pruritus.
  • the subject is asymptomatic.
  • the treatment of NAFLD comprises a reduction in hepatic steatosis.
  • hepatic steatosis is decreased by at least 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%. 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more than 99% following administration of (a) and (b) for a period of time.
  • the treatment of NAFLD is assessed using the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS).
  • treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease in the NAS.
  • the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is 7 or less.
  • the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
  • the NAFLD activity score (NAS) for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is 7 or less.
  • the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
  • the sample from the subject is from a liver biopsy.
  • the treatment of NAFLD can be assessed using the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS).
  • NAS NAFLD Activity Score
  • the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is reduced by 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, or 6 or more.
  • the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is reduced by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • the NAFLD activity score (NAS) for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is reduced by 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, or 6 or more.
  • the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is reduced by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6.
  • the sample from the subject is from a liver biopsy.
  • the treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of hepatic inflammation.
  • the severity of the hepatic inflammation is decreased by about 1% to about 50%, about 25% to about 75%, or about 50% to about 100%.
  • the severity of hepatic inflammation is decreased by about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, or about 95%.
  • the treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of fibrosis.
  • the treatment of the NAFLD comprises treatment of cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 of fibrosis).
  • treatment of fibrosis comprises a decrease in the stage of fibrosis, for example, from stage 4 to stage 3, from stage 4 to stage 2, from stage 4 to stage 1, from stage 4 to stage 0, from stage 3 to stage 2, from stage 3 to stage 1, from stage 3 to stage 0, from stage 2 to stage 1, from stage 2 to stage 0, or from stage 1 to stage 0.
  • the adiponectin level in the subject is increased by at least about 30%, at least about 68%, at least about 175%, or at least about 200%. In some embodiments, the increase is by at least about 175%.
  • the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) in the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) in the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) in the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) in the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the total body weight of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the total body weight of the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the body mass index (BMI) of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the body mass index (BMI) of the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the waist and hip (WTH) ratio of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the waist and hip (WTH) ratio of the subject decreases.
  • a non-invasive liver fibrosis marker does not increase or decreases.
  • the non-invasive liver fibrosis marker is Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) panel.
  • treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease in the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, fibrosis, and/or cirrhosis, e.g., any of the biomarkers as described herein.
  • treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease in the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, fibrosis, and/or cirrhosis by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%.
  • the treatment of NAFLD decreases the level of serum bile acids in the subject. In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of pruritus.
  • the subject has liver fibrosis associated with the NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has hepatic cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 fibrosis) associated with the NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has liver fibrosis as a comorbidity. In some embodiments, the subject has hepatic cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 fibrosis) as a comorbidity. In some embodiments, the subject has liver fibrosis caused by the NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has hepatic cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 fibrosis) caused by the NAFLD.
  • the subject has hepatic cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 fibrosis) caused by the NAFLD.
  • the NAFLD is simple nonalcoholic fatty liver (NAFL). In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NAFL with attendant liver fibrosis. In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NAFL with attendant liver cirrhosis.
  • the NAFLD is nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NASH with attendant liver fibrosis. In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NASH with attendant liver cirrhosis.
  • NASH nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
  • the method further comprises performing a liver biopsy to determine the NAFLD activity score of the biopsy sample obtained from the subject.
  • Pulmonary arterial hypertension is a life-threatening disease characterized by a progressive pulmonary vasculopathy leading to right ventricular hypertrophy. Right heart failure occurs if left untreated.
  • the hemodynamic definition of PAH is an average resting pulmonary artery pressure greater than or equal to 25 mmHg in the presence of a pulmonary capillary wedge pressure less than or equal to 15 mmHg.
  • the normal average pulmonary artery pressure is 12- 16 mmHg and normal wedge pressure is 6-12 mmHg . If left untreated, it carries a high rate of mortality.
  • familial or idiopathic IP AH disease is the most common type (-55%), followed by PH secondary to congenital heart disease (-35%) and chronic respiratory disorders (-15%)
  • Pathologies involved in PAH include one or more of vasoconstriction, vascular proliferation and remodeling, thrombosis and inflammation.
  • Features of PAH may include reduction in peripheral PAs vascular pruning, thickening of the pulmonary adventitia, venous hypertrophy, and increased expression of TGF- ⁇ ; matrix proteins such as elastin, fibronectin, and tenascin-C; and glycosaminoglycans.
  • B and T cells may be found in abundance in the perivascular space and may be seen invading the vessel wall.
  • An additional feature that may be observed in severe forms of PAH is a complex vascular lesion known as plexiform lesion.
  • Dysfunctional EPCs which are hyperproliferative with impaired ability to form vascular networks, may also be implicated in the vascular remodeling in PAH.
  • Factors that increase the rapidity of develo ⁇ ment of pulmonary vascular disease may include increased MPAP, increased pulmonary blood flow, and the presence of hypoxia or hypercapnia.
  • the events that drive heart failure in PAH may include maladaptive RV hypertrophy (RVH) and dilation, capillary rarefi cation, cardiac fibrosis, in some cases myocardial ischemia/ hypoxia, and ultimately, RV failure.
  • Cardiovascular remodeling in pulmonary vascular disease (PVD), PAH, and RV failure may relate to increased growth factor-mediated cell proliferation, activation and recruitment of myofibroblasts, DNA damage/ resi stance to apoptosis, extracellular matrix remodeling and fibrosis, and inflammation and endothelial dysfunction, with a smaller contribution from vasoconstriction.
  • Abnormalities in glucose and lipid metabolism and epigenetic dysregulation [microRNAs (miRNAs) may be observed.
  • Histone deacetylases (HDACs) may be involved in both PAH/PVD and RV failure.
  • the subject that has been identified, selected, or diagnosed as having PAH through the use of histological analysis and/or a regulatory agency-approved, e.g., FDA- approved test or assay for identifying PAH in a subject or a biopsy sample from the subject or by performing any of the non-limiting examples of assays described herein.
  • a regulatory agency-approved e.g., FDA- approved test or assay for identifying PAH in a subject or a biopsy sample from the subject or by performing any of the non-limiting examples of assays described herein.
  • the PAH is selected from idiopathic PAH; familial PAH; PAH associated with a collagen vascular disease selected from: scleroderma, CREST syndrome, systemic lupus erythematosus (SEE), rheumatoid arthritis, Takayasu's arteritis, polymyositis, and dermatomyositis; PAH associated with a congenital heart disease selected from: atrial septic defect (ASD), ventricular septic defect (VSD) and patent ductusarteriosus; PAH associated with portal hypertension; PAH associated with HIV infection; PAH associated with ingestion of a drug or toxin; PAH associated with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia; PAH associated with splenectomy; PAH associated with significant venous or capillary involvement; PAH associated with pulmonary veno-occlusive disease (PVOD); and PAH associated with pulmonary capillary hem
  • the PAH is idiopathic PAH. In some embodiments, the PAH is familial PAH. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with a collagen vascular disease selected from: scleroderma, CREST syndrome, systemic lupus erythematosus (SEE), rheumatoid arthritis, Takayasu's arteritis, polymyositis, and dermatomyositis. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with a congenital heart disease selected from: atrial septic defect (ASD), ventricular septic defect (VSD) and patent ductusarteriosus. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with portal hypertension.
  • ASD atrial septic defect
  • VSD ventricular septic defect
  • the PAH is PAH associated with portal hypertension.
  • the PAH is PAH associated with HIV infection. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with ingestion of a drug or toxin. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with splenectomy. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with significant venous or capillary involvement. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with pulmonary veno-occlusive disease (PVOD). In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis (PCH).
  • PVOD pulmonary veno-occlusive disease
  • PCH pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis
  • the treatment of PAH comprises relieving at least to some extent one or more signs or symptoms associated with PAH.
  • the symptoms are one or more of the following: dyspnea, angina, syncope and edema.
  • Example 1 Preparation of a fixed dose combination tablet comprising a tablet core and a coating.
  • 3 mg of the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) are mixed with MCC, crosspovidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose monohydrate, povidone and magnesium stearate to form a powder blend.
  • Wet granulation with ethanol provides granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I).
  • the granules are then compressed in a tablet core.
  • the tablet core is then coated with a mixture of 5 mg of obeticholic acid, sodium starch glycolate, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate. Opadry II yellow coating may be added if desired.
  • Example 2 Preparation of a fixed dose combination tablet.
  • 3 mg of the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) are mixed with MCC, crosspovidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose monohydrate, povidone and magnesium stearate to form a powder blend.
  • Wet granulation with ethanol provides granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I).
  • 5 mg of obeticholic acid are wet granulated with ethanol with sodium starch glycolate, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate to provide granules containing the obeticholic acid.
  • the granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) and the granules containing the obeticholic acid are then blended with each other and with additional excipients.
  • the resulting blend is compressed in a tablet core.
  • the tablet core is then coated with a mixture of obeticholic acid, sodium starch glycolate, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate. Opadry yellow II coating may be added if desired.
  • Example 3 Dissolution of a fixed dose combination tablet.
  • Tablet (A) is prepared as follows: 3 mg of the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) are mixed with MCC, crospovidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose monohydrate, povidone and magnesium stearate to form a powder blend. Wet granulation with ethanol provides granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I). The granules are then compressed in a tablet.
  • the dissolution rate of tablet (A) is then determined in about 900 mL of water, containing about 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at about pH 1.5, at 37° C ⁇ 0.5° C according to USP 28 ⁇ 711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 r ⁇ m.
  • the dissolution rate of tablet (B) is then determined under the same conditions as described above for tablet (A).

Abstract

Provided herein are fixed dose combination formulations useful for the treatment of PPARγ-mediated diseases or disorders. In particular, provided herein are fixed dose combinations comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. Also provided are methods of making and methods of using the fixed dose combination formulations.

Description

FIXED DOSE COMBINATIONS OF CHS-131 AND A FXR AGONIST
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present disclosure in some embodiments relates to fixed dose combination formulations comprising a PPARy inhibitor that is the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a famesoid X nuclear receptor (FXR) agonist (such as obeticholic acid (OCA)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, that are used for treating PPARy-mediated diseases or disorders.
BACKGROUND
The peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPARs) are transducer proteins belonging to the steroid/thyroid/retinoid receptor superfamily. The PPARs were originally identified as orphan receptors, without known ligands, but were named for their ability to mediate the pleiotropic effects of fatty acid peroxisome proliferators. These receptors function as ligand- regulated transcription factors that control the expression of target genes by binding to their responsive DNA sequence as heterodimers with the retinoid X receptor (“RXR”). The target genes encode enzymes involved in lipid metabolism and differentiation of adipocytes. Accordingly, the discovery of transcription factors involved in controlling lipid metabolism has provided insight into regulation of energy homeostasis in vertebrates, and further provided targets for the development of therapeutic agents for disorders such as obesity, diabetes and dyslipidemia.
Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor γ (“PPARy”) is one member of the nuclear receptor superfamily of ligand-activated transcription factors and has been shown to be expressed in an adipose tissue-specific manner. Its expression is induced early during the course of differentiation of several preadipocyte cell lines. Additional research has now demonstrated that PPARy plays a pivotal role in the adipogenic signaling cascade. PPARy also regulates the ob/leptin gene which is involved in regulating energy homeostasis and adipocyte differentiation, which has been shown to be a critical step to be targeted for anti-obesity and diabetic conditions. The compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000003_0001
is a selective peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) γ modulator. The compound of Formula (I) is under development as a treatment for NASH.
Farnesoid X receptors (FXRs) are nuclear hormone receptors expressed in high amounts in body tissues that participate in bilirubin metabolism including the liver, intestines, and kidneys. Bile acids (BAs) are the natural ligands of the FXRs. FXRs regulate the expression of the gene encoding for cholesterol 7 alpha-hydroxylase, which is the rate-limiting enzyme in BA synthesis. In addition, FXRs play a critical role in carbohydrate and lipid metabolism and regulation of insulin sensitivity. FXRs also modulate live growth and regeneration during liver injury. Preclinical studies have shown that FXR activation protects against cholestasis-induced liver injury. Moreover, FXR activation protects against fatty liver injury in animal models of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), and improved hyperlipidemia, glucose intolerance, and insulin sensitivity. (Ali et al., Ann Transl Med. 2015 Jan; 3(1): 5.) Similarly, according to Arterioscler Thromb Vase Biol. 2005 0ct;25(10):2020-30, Epub 2005 Jul 21, the Farnesoid X receptor (FXR) regulates bile acid synthesis, conjugation, and transport, as well as various aspects of lipid and glucose metabolism.
Ob eti cholic acid (OCALIVA ®), an FXR agonist , is indicated for the treatment of primary biliary cholangitis (PBC) in combination with ursodeoxycholic acid (UDCA) in adults with an inadequate response to UDCA, or as monotherapy in adults unable to tolerate UDCA. Obeticholic acid (OCA) is also being evaluated for other indications including non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (“NASH”) and primary sclerosing cholangitis (“PSC”).
Earlier in 2019, Intercept announced positive top-line results from its pivotal phase III REGENERATE study of OCA on patients with liver fibrosis due to NASH. The company stated that the primary endpoint of the study — fibrosis improvement without worsening of NASH at 18 months was achieved with the 25 mg daily dose of OCA. There is an unmet need to provide patients with a single fixed-dose composition comprising the compound of Formula (I) and a modulator of FXR, such as an FXR agonist, as a convenient oral medication.
For the fixed-dose composition to provide the intended therapeutic effect, it must be formulated so that the compound of Formula (I) and the FXR agonist each have the desired pharmacokinetic characteristics (e.g. absorption, bioavailability, Cmax, Tmax, AUC, half-life) even though each drug product in the composition has different properties (e.g. solubility, permeability, total dose, dose proportionality).
Combining the compound of Formula (I) and a FXR agonist into a single therapeutic composition poses significant challenges. For instance, the compound of Formula (I) is poorly soluble (less than 2 μg dissolves in lmL of water at pH 1 and less than 0.1 μg dissolves in 1 mL of water at pH 3 to 8). Many FXR agonists are have low or variable solubility (for example, obeticholic acid solubility is less than 4 μg/mL at approximately pH 1 but is soluble at pH 7). Further, the total dose of the compound of Formula (I) is relatively low (e.g. 1 to 10 mg) which poses challenges in creating a formulation with even distribution to achieve a desired dissolution profile and pharmacokinetic characteristics for that drug product.
Additionally, an FXR agonist may react with other drug substances in a fixed dose composition resulting in deleterious changes to the drug substances. For example, if obeticholic acid come into contact with the compound of Formula (I), the carboxylic acid on obeticholic acid may cause the compounds to partially form a salt. Partial salt formation could change the solubility characteristics of the drug substances which may impact the pharmacokinetics. Also, in a fixed dose composition that contains obeticholic acid and an SGLT-2 inhibitor, the formulation or dessicants in the packaging may cause the carboxylic acid on obeticholic acid to react with the primary alcohol on other drug substances such as the SGLT-2 inhibitor and esterify in a dehydration reaction, which may adversely affect its potency and solubility. These characteristics present challenges in identifying suitable excipients and formulation for a fixed dose composition and the manufacturing techniques that will result in a stable drug product.
Thus, creating a fixed-dose formulation comprising the compound of Formula (I) and a FXR agonist is unique to the properties of each drug substance. This makes the art of creating fixed dose formulations unpredictable. Accordingly, formulation chemists do not have a single universal set of rules or additives that enhance any given drug substance’s pharmacodynamic or physical properties.
SUMMARY
Some embodiments provide a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000005_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000005_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend; (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; and
(j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000006_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer; and
(k) applying an immediate release coating to the outer layer.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000007_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(f) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
(g) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in steps (c) and (f) with one or more excipients to form a third blend; and
(h) compressing the third blend to form a tablet.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000008_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet core; and
(e) applying the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000008_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core; and
(f) applying the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer. Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000009_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
(c) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules;
(d) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
(e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
(j) mixing the second blend obtained in step (e) and the fourth blend obtained in step (i); and
(k) filling a capsule with the mixture obtained in step (j).
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing, a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000010_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a capsule fill; and
(j) filling a capsule with the tablet core and the capsule fill.
Some embodiments provide a method of treating a PPARγγmediated disease or disorder, comprising administering a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000010_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder is type 2 diabetes, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), or a combination of any of the foregoing.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Methods and materials are described herein for use in the present invention; other, suitable methods and materials known in the art can also be used. The materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. All publications, patent applications, patents, sequences, database entries, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and figures, and from the claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Definitions
Reference to the term “about” has its usual meaning in the context of pharmaceutical compositions to allow for reasonable variations in amounts that can achieve the same effect and also refers herein to a value of plus or minus 10% of the provided value. For example, "about 20" means or includes amounts from 18 to and including 22.
The term “administration” or “administering” refers to a method of giving a dosage of a compound or pharmaceutical composition to a vertebrate or invertebrate, including a mammal, a bird, a fish, or an amphibian. The preferred method of administration can vary depending on various factors, e.g., the components of the pharmaceutical composition, the site of the disease, and the severity of the disease.
The term “CHS- 131” as used herein refers to a compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000012_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
The compound of Formula (I) is a selective peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) γ modulator. The compound of Formula (I) is disclosed in, for example, U S. Patent Nos. 7,041,691; 6,200,995; 6,583,157; 6,653,332; and U S. Publication Application No. 2016/0260398, the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
The compound of Formula (I) can be prepared, for example, by the methods described in U S. Patent No. 6,583,157 or US Patent No. 6,200,995, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety herein. In some embodiments, different salts, e.g., besylate, tosylate HC1, or HBr salts, and/or polymorphs of the compound of Formula (I) are used within the methods and compositions described herein. Salts and polymorphs of the compound of Formula (I), such as those provided herein, can be prepared according to the methods described in U S. Patent. Nos. 6,583,157 and 7,223,761, the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
The term “FXR agonist” as used herein refers to a famesoid X nuclear receptor (FXR) agonist. Examples of FXR agonists include, but are not limited to,
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000013_0002
(tropifexor), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of any of the foregoing.
The term “SGLT-2 inhibitor” as used herein refers to a compound that inhibits the Sodium Glucose Co-Transporter-2 (SGLT-2). SGLT-2 inhibitors disrupt reabsorption of glucose by the kidneys and thus exert a glucose-lowering effect. By enhancing glucosuria, independently of insulin, SLGT-2 inhibitors have been shown to treat type 2 diabetes and improve cardiovascular outcomes. See, Wright, 2001, Am J Physiol Renal Physiol 280:F10; and Scheen, 2018, Circ Res 122:1439. SGLT2 inhibitors include a class of drugs known as gliflozins. The term “SGLT-2 inhibitor” is not limited to compounds that only inhibit SGLT-2, thus includes compounds that have other activities in addition to SGLT-2 inhibition. Examples of SGLT-2 inhibitors include, but are not limited to, bexagliflozin, canagliflozin (INV OK ANA®), dapagliflozin (FARXIGA®), empagliflozin (JARDIANCE®), ertugliflozin (STEGLATRO™), ipragliflozin (SUGLAT®), luseogliflozin (LUSEFI®), remogliflozin, serfliflozin, licofliglozin, sotagliflozin (ZYNQUISTA™), and tofogliflozin.
As used herein, the term “amorphous” refers to a solid material having no long range order in the position of its molecules. The molecules in an amorphous solid are arranged in a random manner so that there is no well-defined arrangement, e.g., molecular packing, and no long range order. Amorphous solids are generally isotropic, i.e. exhibit similar properties in all directions and do not have definite melting points. For example, an amorphous material is a solid material having no sharp characteristic crystalline peak(s) in its X-ray power diffraction (XRPD) pattern (i.e., is not crystalline as determined by XRPD). Instead, one or several broad peaks (e.g., halos) appear in its XRPD pattern. Broad peaks are characteristic of an amorphous solid.
As used herein, the term “substantially amorphous” refers to a solid material having little or no long range order in the position of its molecules. For example, substantially amorphous materials have less than about 15% crystallinity (e.g., less than about 10% crystallinity or less than about 5% crystallinity). Moreover, ‘substantially amorphous’ includes the descriptor, ‘amorphous’, which refers to materials having no (0%) crystallinity (e.g., no detectable crystallinity under standard XRPD conditions).
The term “excipient,” as used herein, refers to an inactive substance that serves as the vehicle or medium for an active substance. Excipients include, but are not limited to fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, starch, dibasic calcium carbonate, and magnesium stearate), disintegrants (e.g., starch, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, crosscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, gums, and alginates), lubricants (magnesium or calcium stearate, PEG 4000, and PEG 6000), granulating agents (starch, pregelatinized starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methyl cellulose, and acacia), and glidants (colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, and magnesium carbonate).
As used herein, the term “granulating solution” refers to a solvent, such as a volatile solvent, or a solution that wets a blend, which upon agitation forms wet granules. Granulating solutions include, for example, solvents such as water, ethanol, and isopropanol, or combinations thereof, as well as solutions of one or more excipients in water, ethanol, isopropanol, or combinations thereof, for example, a solution of povidone in water.
As used herein, the term “tablet core” refers to the innermost portion of a tablet that contains drug substance, i.e., the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and/or the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
As used herein, the term “outer layer” refers to the outermost portion of a tablet that contains drug substance, i.e., the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and/or the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the outer layer is in contact with a coating and/or seal.
As used herein, the term “intermediate layer” refers to a separating layer in contact with both the tablet core and the outer layer. Exemplary intermediate layers include, but are not limited to carbopols, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and other polymers.
As used herein, “solvate” means a physical association of a compound with one or more solvent molecules. The solvate may comprise either a stoichiometric or nonstoichiometric amount of the solvent molecules. For example, a solvate with a nonstoichiometric amount of solvent molecules may result from partial loss of solvent from the solvate. Exemplary solvates include, but are not limited to hydrates, ethanolates, propylene glycol hydrates, and hemihydrates. Moreover, as used herein, the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate,” refers to salts of a compound, solvates of a compound, as well as salts of solvates of a compound. For example, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of the compound of Formula (I) includes the besylate salt of Formula (I), the hydrate of Formula (I), and the Formula (I) besylate hydrate.
The terms “fixed combination” and “fixed dose combination,” used interchangeably herein, refer to a single composition or single dosage form comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In contrast, for example, a non-fixed combination or non-fixed dose combination refer to combination therapy where each active agent is formulated as a separate composition or dosage form, such that they may be administered concurrently or sequentially with variable intervening time limits.
A “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound as provided herein is an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and can vary according to the nature and severity of the disease condition, and the potency of the compound. A therapeutic effect is the relief, to some extent, of one or more of the symptoms of the disease, and can include curing a disease. “Curing” means that the symptoms of active disease are eliminated. However, certain long-term or permanent effects of the disease can exist even after a cure is obtained (such as, e.g., extensive tissue damage). In some embodiments, a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound as provided herein refers to an amount of the compound that is effective as a monotherapy.
In some embodiments, the amount of each compound as provided herein is a therapeutically effective amount. In such embodiments, the amount of each compound is effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder.
In some embodiments, the amounts of the two compounds as provided herein together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder (e.g., the amounts of the compound of Formula (I) and a FXR agonist together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder). In such embodiments, the amount of each agent is also referred to as a “jointly therapeutically effective amount.” In some embodiments, the amounts of the two compounds as provided herein together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder (e.g., the amounts of the compound of Formula (I) and a FXR agonist together are effective in treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder). In such embodiments, the amount of each agent is also referred to as a “jointly therapeutically effective amount.”
The term “synergy” or “synergistic” is used herein to mean that the effect of the combination of the two or more therapeutic agents of the combination therapy is greater than the sum of the effect of each agent when administered alone. A “synergistic amount” or
"synergistically effective amount" is an amount of the combination of the two combination partners that results in a synergistic effect, as “synergistic” is defined herein. Determining a synergistic interaction between two or more combination partners, the optimum range for the effect and absolute dose ranges of each component for the effect may be definitively measured by administration of the combination partners over different w/w (weight per weight) ratio ranges and doses to patients in need of treatment. However, the observation of synergy in in vitro models or in vivo models can be predictive of the effect in humans and other species and in vitro models or in vivo models exist to measure a synergistic effect and the results of such studies can also be used to predict effective dose and plasma concentration ratio ranges and the absolute doses and plasma concentrations required in humans and other species by the application of pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic methods. Exemplary synergistic effects includes, but are not limited to, enhanced therapeutic efficacy, decreased dosage at equal or increased level of efficacy, reduced or delayed development of drug resistance, reduction of unwanted drug effects (e.g. side effects and adverse events) of at least one of the therapeutic agents, and both simultaneous enhancement or equal therapeutic actions (e.g., the same therapeutic effect as at least one of the therapeutic agents) and reduction of unwanted drug effects of at least one of the therapeutic agents. For example, synergistic effects can include, but are not limited to reducing the risk of developing end-stage kidney disease (ESRD), reducing serum creatinine, reducing cardiovascular death and hospitalization for heart failure, reducing cardiovascular death and hospitalization for heart failure in subject with cardiovascular disease or multiple cardiac risk factors, reducing weight gain, improved cardiovascular function, and reducing diabetic nephropathy with albuminuria.
As used herein, the terms “treat” or “treatment” refer to therapeutic or palliative measures. Beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation, in whole or in part, of symptoms associated with a disease or disorder or condition, dimini shment of the extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state (e.g., one or more symptoms of the disease), and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. “Treatment” can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
As used herein, “subject” refers to any subject, particularly a mammalian subject, for whom diagnosis, prognosis, or therapy is desired, for example, a human.
As used herein, a “PPARy-mediated disease or disorder” is a condition that results, directly or indirectly, from dysregulation of PPARy, for example, protein expression above or below normal levels, or protein activity above or below normal levels. PPARy-mediated diseases or disorders include, but are not limited to diabetes (including type 1 diabetes and type 2 diabetes), hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipidemia, rheumatoid arthritis, atherosclerosis, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), chronic kidney disease (CKD), or pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH). In some embodiments, the subject has NAFLD with attendant liver fibrosis. In some embodiments, the subject has NASH with attendant liver fibrosis. In some embodiments, the subject has NAFLD and type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, the subject has NASH and type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, the subject has type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. In some embodiments, the subject has NAFLD and cardiovascular disease. In some embodiments, the subject has NASH and cardiovascular disease. In some embodiments, the subject has type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and NASH.
Some embodiments provide a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000018_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is provided in the form of a free base. In other embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, 2-hydroxy ethanesulfonic acid, 2-oxoglutaric acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, acetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid (L), aspartic acid (L), benzenesulfonic acid (besylate), benzoic acid, camphoric acid (+), camphor- 10-sulfonic acid (+), capric acid (decanoic acid), caproic acid (hexanoic acid), caprylic acid (octanoic acid), carbonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecyl sulfuric acid, ethane-1, 2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid (D), gluconic acid (D), glucuronic acid (D), glutamic acid, glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, isobutyric acid, lactic acid (DL), lactobionic acid, 1 auric acid, maleic acid, malic acid (-L), malonic acid, mandelic acid (DL), methanesulfonic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, oleic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, phosphoric acid, proprionic acid, pyroglutamic acid (-L), salicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfuric acid, tartaric acid (+L), thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, andundecylenic acid, or a combination of any of the foregoing. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of a besylate salt. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of an HC1 salt. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of an HBr salt. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is in the form of a tosylate salt.
In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is cafestol, chenodeoxycholic acid, obeticholic acid (OCA), fexaramine, GW 4064, or tropifexor.
In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is OCA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a free base. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a free acid. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of a free base.
In some embodiments, the amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug, isomer, or a combination of two or more thereof, is from about 1 to about 100 mg, or any value in between. For example, about 1 to about 25 mg, about 10 to about 35 mg, about 20 to about 45 mg, about 30 to about 55 mg, about 40 to about 65 mg, about 50 to about 75 mg, about 60 to about 85 mg, about 70 to about 95 mg, or about 75 to 100 mg.
In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is cafestol. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of cafestol is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is chenodeoxycholic acid. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of chenodeoxy cholic acid is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is obeti cholic acid. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of obeticholic acid is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is fexaramine. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of fexaramine is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is GW 4064. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of GW 4064 is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is tropifexor. In some embodiments, about 1 to 100 mg of tropifexor is administered, or any value in between. For example, 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 20 mg, 40 mg, 50 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, or 100 mg.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 0.5 mg to about 5 mg. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 1 mg to about 3 mg. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount of 1.5 mg or 3 mg.
In some embodiments, the amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 0.5 to about 4 milligrams (mg). For example, from about 0.5 to about 3.5 mg, about 1 to about 3 mg, or about 1.5 to about 2.5 mg. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is administered at a dose from about 0.5 to about 1.5 mg, about 1 to about 2 mg, about 1.5 to about 2.5 mg, about 2 to about 3 mg, or about any value in between. In some embodiments, the dose is a therapeutically effective amount.
In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for administration twice a day or daily. In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for administration daily.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the particles are in the form of a powder. In some embodiments, the particles comprise the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
In some embodiments, the particles consist essentially of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the particles are micronized. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), have a size (d90) of about 2 μm to about 10 μm, or any value in between. For example, about 2 μm, about 2.5 μm, about 3 μm, about 3.5 μm, about 4 μm, about 4.5 μm, about 5 μm, about 5.5 μm, about 6 μm, about 6.5 μm, about 7 μm, about 7.5 μm, about 8 μm, about 8.5 μm, about 9 μm, about 9.5 μm, about 10 μm, or any value in between. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 6 μm, or any value not exceeding about 6 μm. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of about 2 μm to about 6 μm, or any value in between. For example, about 0.5 μm, about 1 μm, about 1.5 μm, about 2 μm, about 2.25 μm, about 2.5 μm, about 2.75 μm, about 3 μm, about 3.25 μm, about 3.5 μm, about 3.75 μm, about 4 μm, about 4.25 μm, about 4.5 μm, about 4.75 μm, about 5 μm, about 5.25 μm, about 5.5 μm, about 5.75 μm, about 6 μm, or any value in between, In some embodiments, the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
Direct imaging provides the volume distribution of particles, removing the grouping of particle sizes which is characteristic of sieve analyses by determining the full range of particle sizes in the sample and hence drawing the true volumetric distribution. In direct imaging particles are illuminated and imaged from the same side. Direct imaging of particles also allows morphology information to be measured as well as size distribution data, for example, aspect ratio of particles (maximum and minimum diameter measurements), surface quality, and roughness.
Laser diffraction relies on detectors that measure the light-scattering effect caused by the interaction of a laser beam with particles. Similar to sieve analysis particle characteristics other than size cannot be measured.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises grains comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the particles are in the form of a powder. In some embodiments, the particles comprise the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
In some embodiments, the particles consist essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the particles are micronized. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles of the FXR agonist, such as OCA, have a size (d90) of less than or equal to about 250 μm. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d90) of about 2 μm to about 10 μm, or any value in between. For example, about 2 μm, about 2.5 μm, about 3 μm, about 3.5 μm, about 4 μm, about 4.5 μm, about 5 μm, about 5.5 μm, about 6 μm, about 6.5 μm, about 7 μm, about 7.5 μm, about 8 μm, about 8.5 μm, about 9 μm, about 9.5 μm, about 10 μm, or any value in between. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 μm. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 μm. For example, about 2 μm, about 2.25 μm, about 2.5 μm, about 2.75 μm, about 3 μm, about 3.25 μm, about 3.5 μm, about 3.75 μm, about 4 μm, about 4.25 μm, about 4.5 μm, about 4.75 μm, about 5 μm, about 5.25 μm, about 5.5 μm, about 5.75 μm, about 6 μm, or any value in between.
In some embodiments, the particle size of the micronized particles of obeticholic acid (OCA) is a particle size as described in U S. Patent No. 10,052,337, incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the particle size of the micronized particles of obeticholic acid (OCA) is a particle size as described in U S. Patent No. 10,155,787, incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. .
In some embodiments, the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises grains comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a tablet. In some embodiments, the composition is in the form of a capsule. In some embodiments, the capsule is a gelatin capsule or a hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC) capsule.
In some embodiments, the tablet comprises a tablet core and an outer layer; wherein the tablet core comprises the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and wherein the outer layer comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the tablet core contacts the outer layer. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises an intermediate layer between the tablet core and the outer layer and contacting the tablet core and outer layer. In some embodiments, the intermediate layer comprises one or more excipients. In some embodiments, the intermediate layer comprises one excipient. Exemplary intermediate layers include, but are not limited to a carbopol or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose. In some embodiments, the dissolution rate of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is about the same in a composition with an intermediate layer as in a reference composition lacking the intermediate layer. In some embodiments, the dissolution rate of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is about the same in a composition with an intermediate layer as in a reference composition lacking the intermediate layer.
In some embodiments, the composition further comprises an immediate release coating around the outer layer. Exemplary immediate release coatings include, but are not limited to film coatings.
In some embodiments, the outer layer consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the tablet core further comprises one or more excipients. In some embodiments, the one or more excipients are selected from Acrylates Copolymer, Adipic Acid, Agar, Alginic Acid, Alkyl Aryl Sodium Sulfonate, Allantoin, Aluminum Acetate, Aluminum Hydroxide, Aluminum Monostearate, Aluminum Oxide, Aluminum Polyester, Aluminum Silicate, Aluminum Silicate Pentahydrate, Aluminum Starch Octenyl succinate, Aluminum Stearate, Aluminum Sulfate Anhydrous, Aminobenzoate Sodium, Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer, Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer Type A, Ammonio Methacrylate Copolymer Type B, Ammonium Acetate, Ammonium Calcium Alginate, Ammonium Chloride, Ammonium Lauryl Sulfate, Ammonium Phosphate Dibasic, Ammonium Sulfate, Anhydrous Citric Acid, Anhydrous Dextrose, Anhydrous Dibasic Calcium Phosphate, Anhydrous Lactose, Anhydrous Tri sodium Citrate, Anidrisorb 85/70, Arginine, Ascorbic Acid, Ascorbyl Palmitate, Aseptoform M, Aspartame, Aspartic Acid, Barium Sulfate, Benzensulfonic Acid, Benezethonium Chloride, Benzocaine, Benzododecinium Bromide, Benzoic Acid, Benzoin Resin, Butyl Ester Of Methyl Vinyl Ether/Maleic Anhydride Copolymer (125000 MW), Butyl Methacrylate And Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer (3:1; 150000 MW), Butyl Stearate, Butyl ated Hydroxy ani sole, Butyl ated Hydroxytoluene, Butylene Glycol, Butylparaben, C13-14 Isoparaffm/Laureth-7/Polyacrylamide, Calcium, Calcium Acetate, Calcium Alginate And Ammonium Alginate, Calcium Carbonate, Calcium Chloride, Calcium Citrate, Calcium Hydroxide, Calcium Lactate, Calcium Phosphate, Calcium Phosphate, dibasic monohydrate, Calcium Phosphate, monobasic, anhydrous, Calcium Polycarbophil, Calcium Pyrophosphate, Calcium Saccharate, Calcium Silicate, Calcium Stearate, Calcium Sulfate, Calcium Sulfate Anhydrous, Calcium Sulfate Dihydrate, Caldiamide Sodium, Caprylic/Capri c/Succinic Triglyceride, Caprylocaproyl Polyoxylglycerides 8„ Carbomer 1382, Carbomer Copolymer Type A (Allyl Pentaerythritol Crosslinked), Carbomer Copolymer Type B (Allyl Pentaerythritol Crosslinked), Carbomer Homopolymer Type A (Allyl Pentaerythritol Crosslinked), Carbomer Homopolymer Type B (Allyl Pentaerythritol Crosslinked), Carbomer Homopolymer Type B (Allyl Sucrose Crosslinked), Carbomer Homopolymer Type C (Allyl Pentaerythritol Crosslinked), Carbon Dioxide, Carboxymethyl Starch, Carboxymethylcellulose, Carboxymethylcellulose Calcium, Carboxymethylcellulose Sodium, Carboxypolymethylene, Camauba Wax, Carrageenan, Carrageenan Calcium, Carrageenan Sodium, Cellulose Acetate,
Cellulose Acetate CA-320S, Cellulose Acetate CA-398-10, Cellulose
Microcrystalline/Carboxymethylcellulose Sodium, Cellulose, oxidized, Cellulosic Polymers, Citric Acid Monohydrate, Copovidone K25-31, Coriander Oil, Com Glycerides, Com Oil, Corn Oil Mono-And Di-Glycerides, Cl 8, Corn Starch, partially hydrolyzed, Corn Symp, Cottonseed Oil, Creatinine, Croscarmellose, Croscarmellose Sodium, Crospovidone, Cupric Sulfate, Cutina, Cyanocobalamin, Cyclomethicone, Cyclomethicone 5, Cyclomethicone/Dimethicone Copolyol, Dehydag Wax Sx, Dehydroacetic Acid, Dehymuls E, Denatonium Benzoate, Detosu/Triethylene Glycol/Tri ethyl ene Glycol Polyglycolide Copolymer, Dextran, Dextran 40, Dextrins Modified, Dextrose, Dextrose Monohydrate, Diacetylated Monoglycerides, Diatomaceous Earth, Diazolidinyl Urea, Dibasic Calcium Phosphate Dihydrate, Dibasic Potassium Phosphate, Dibutyl Sebacate, Diehl or obenzyl Alcohol, Diethanolamine, Diethyl Phthlate, Diethyl Sebacate, Diethyl ene Glycol Monoethyl Ether, Dihydroxy aluminum Aminoacetate, Dihydroxy aluminum Sodium Carbonate, Diisopropanolamine, Diisopropyl Adipate, Dii sproplyb enzothi azy 1 -2- suflenamide, Dimethicone 100, Dimethicone 350, Dimethiconol/Trimethylsiloxysilicate Crosspolymer (40/60 W/E; 1000000 PA S), Dimethoxane, Dimethyl Isosorbide, Dimethyl Sulfoxide, Di methyl aminoethy 1 Methacrylate Butyl Methacrylate -Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer, Dinoseb -Ammonium, Dipalmitoylphosphatidylglycerol, DL-Dipropylebe Glycol, Di sodium Citrate Sesquihydrate, Di sodium Cocoamphodiacetate, Di sodium Hydrogen Citrate,
Di sodium Laureth Sulfosuccinate, Di sodium Lauryl Sulfosuccinate,
Distearoylphosphatidylcholine, DL-DMDM Hydantoin, Docusate Sodium, Docusate S odium/ Sodium Benzoate, Edetate Calcium Di sodium, Edetate Di sodium, Edetate Di sodium Anhydrous, Edetate Sodium, Edetate Tri sodium, Edetic Acid, Ethyl Acrylate and Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer (2:1; 600000 MW), Ethyl Acrylate and Methyl Methacrylate Copolymer (2:1; 750000 MW), Ethylcellulose, Ethylcellulose (10 MPA. S), Ethylcellulose (100 MPA S), Ethylcellulose (20 MPA S), Ethylcellulose (4 MPA S), Ethylcellulose (45 MPA S), Ethylcellulose (50 MPA S), Ethylcellulose (7 MPA S), Ethylene-Propylene Copolymer, Ethyl ene- Vinyl Acetate Copolymer (28% Vinyl Acetate), Ethylene- Vinyl Acetate Copolymers, Ethylhexyl Hydroxy stearate, Ethylparaben, Ethylparaben Sodium, Fructose, Fumaric Acid, Fumaryl Diketopiperazine, Galactose, Galactose Monohydrate, Gelatin, Gelatin Capsule, hard, Gelatin Hydrolysate, Gelatin Type A Porcine (160 Bloom), Gelatin Type B Bovine (160 Bloom), Gelatin Type B Bovine (200 Bloom), Gelatin Type B Bovine (230 Bloom), Gluceptate Sodium, Gluconic Acid, Gluconolactone, Glucose Syrup, hydrogenated, Glumatic Acid Hydrochloride, Glutaral, Glycerin, Glycerin Polymer Solutions 1-137, Glycerin Polymer Solutions IM-137, Glyceryl 1- Stearate, Glyceryl B ehenate/Ei cosadi oate, Glyceryl Dibehenate, Glyceryl Di stearate, Glyceryl Isostearate, Glyceryl Laurate, Glyceryl Mono and Di capry 1 ocaprate, Glyceryl Mono and Dipalmitostearate, Glyceryl Monoprylate, Glyceryl Monocapry 1 ocaprate, Glyceryl Monocitrate, Glyceryl Monostearate, Glyceryl Oleate, Glyceryl Oleate/Propylene Glycol, Glyceryl Palmitate, Glyceryl Palmitostearate, Glyceryl Ricinoleate, Glyceryl Stearate SE, Glyceryl Stearate/Peg Stearate, Glyceryl Stearate/Peg- 100 Stearate, Glyceryl Stearate/Peg-40 Stearate, Glyceryl Tri stearate, Glycine, Glycine Hydrochloride, Glycol Stearate, Guanidine Hydrochloride, Guar Gum, Histidine, Hydrogenated Starch Hydrolysate, Hydroxy ethyl Cellulose (140 MPA S AT 5%), Hydroxy ethyl Cellulose (2000 MPA S AT 1%), Hydroxy ethyl Cellulose (280 MPA S AT 2%), Hydroxy ethyl Cellulose (4000 MPA S AT 1%), Hydroxy ethyl Cellulose, unspecified, Hydroxy ethyl Ethylcellulose, Hydroxy ethylpiperazine Ethane Sulfonic Acid, Hydroxy ethyl Cellulose, Hydropropyl Betadex, Hydropropyl Cellulose, Hydropropyl Cellulose (110000 WAMW), Hydropropyl Cellulose (1600000 WAMW), Hydropropyl Cellulose (20000 WAMW), Hydropropyl Cellulose (430000 WAMW), Hydropropyl Cellulose (45000 WAMW), Hydropropyl Cellulose (70000 WAMW), Hydropropyl Cellulose (90000 WAMW), Hymetellose (50 MPA S), Hypromellose 2208 (100 MPA S), Hypromellose 2208 (100000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2208 (15000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2208 (3 MPA S), Hypromellose 2208 (4 MPA S), Hypromellose 2208 (4000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2906 (4000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2906 (50 MPA S), Hypromellose 2910 ( 10000 MPA. S), Hypromellose 2910 (15 MPA. S), Hypromellose 2910 (15000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2910 (3 MPA. S), Hypromellose 2910 (4000 MPA S), Hypromellose 2910 (5 MPA S), Hypromellose 2910 (6 MPA S), Hypromellose Acetate Succinate, Hypromellose Acetate Succinate 06081224 (3 MM2/S), Hypromellose Phthalate, Hypromellose Phthalate (24% PHTHALATE, 55 CST), Hypromellose Phthalate (31% PHTHALATE, 40 CST), Hypromelloses, Hystrene, Isoleucine, Isooctyl Acrylate/ Acrylamide/Vinyl Acetate Copolymer, kollidon VA 64 polymer, Isopropyl Alcohol, Isopropyl Isostearate, Isopropyl My ri state, Isopropyl Palmitate, Isostearic Acid, Isostearyl Alcohol, Isotonic Sodium Chloride Solution, Kollidon SR, Lactic Acid, Lactic Acid, dl-, Lactic Acid, 1-, Lactitol Monohydrate, Lactobionic Acid, Lactose, Lactose Monohydrate, Lactose Monohydrate-Cellulose, microcrystalline, Laneth, Lauramine Oxide, Laureth Sulfate, Laureth-2, Laureth-23, Laureth-4, Laurie Di ethanol amide, Laurie Myristic Monoethanolamide, Lauric/Myristic Diethanolamide, Lauroyl Peg-32 Glycerides, Lauroyl Polyoxylglycerides, Lauryl Sulfate, Lecithin, Lecithin, soybean, Leucine, Levulinic Acid, Low- Substituted Hydroxypropyl Cellulose (11% Hydroxypropyl; 100000 MW), Low- Substituted Hydroxypropyl Cellulose (11% Hydroxypropyl; 120000 MW), Low- Substituted Hydroxypropyl Cellulose (11% Hydroxypropyl; 130000 MW), Low- Substituted Hydroxypropyl Cellulose, unspecified ludipress, Lysine, Lysine Acetate, Lysine Monohydrate, Magnesium Aluminometasilocate Type IA, , Magnesium Aluminum Silicate, Magnesium Carbonate, Magnesium Chloride, Magnesium Hydroxide, Magnesium Nitrate, Magnesium Oxide, Magnesium Palmitostearate, Magnesium Silicate, Magnesium Stearate, Magnesium Sulfate, Magnesium Sulfate Anhydrous, Magnesium Trisilicate, Maleic Acid, Malic Acid, Malic Acid, 1-, Maltitol, Maltose Anhydrous, Maltose Monohydrate, Mannitol, Metaphosphoric Acid, Methacrylic Acid - Ethyl Acrylate Copolymer (1:1) Type A, Methacrylic Acid - Methyl Merhacrylate Copolymer (1:1), Methacrylic Acid - Methyl Merhacrylate Copolymer (1:2), Methacrylic Acid Copolymer, Methansulfonic Acid, Methionine, Methyl Acrylate - Methyl Methacrylate, Methylcellulose, Methylcellulose (15 MPA S), Methylcellulose (1500 MPA S),
Methylcellulose (400 MPA S), Methylchloroi sothiazolinone, Methylchloroisothiazolinone/Methylisothiazolinone Mixture, Methylparaben, Methylparaben Sodium, Methylpyrrolidone, Mica, Microcrystalline Cellulose, Modified Com Starch (1-Octenyl Succinic Anhydride), Mono and Diglyceride, Monoethanolamine, Monoglycerides, Monosodium Citrate, Monosodium Glutamate, Monothioglycerol, Parabens, Paraffin, Pectin, Pectin, cirtrus, Peg 6-32 Stearate/Glycol Stearate, Peg/Ppg-18/18 Dimethicone, Peg-100 Stearate, Peg-120 Glyceryl Stearate, Peg- 120 Methyl Glucose Dioleate, Peg-2 Stearate, Peg-20 Methyl Glucose Sesquistearate, Peg-20 Sorbitan Isostearate, Peg-25 Propylene Glycol Stearate, Peg-40 Castor Oil. Peg-40 Sorbitan Diisostearate, Peg-5 Oleate, Peg-6 Isostearate, Peg-60 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, Peg-7 Methyl Ether, Peg-75 Lanolin, Peg-8 Laurate, Peg-8 Stearate, Pegoxol 7 Stearate, Phenylalanine, Phenyl ethyl Alcohol, Phenylmercuric Acetate, Phenylmercuric Nitrate, Phospholid, Phosphoric Acid, Pigment Blend PB-2417 Pink, Pigmented Polyethylene/Polyester 1501 Film, Poloxamer 124, Poloxamer 182, Poloxamer 188, Poloxamer 331, Poloxamer 407, Poly(DL-Lactic-Co-Glycolic Acid), (50:50; 12000 MW), Poly(Methyl Acrylate-Co-Methyl Metharyl ate-C o-Methacry li c Acid 7:3:1; 280000 MW), Polyacrylic Acid (250000 MW), Polybutene (1400 MW), Polycarbophil, Poly dextrose, Poly dextrose K, Polyethylene Glycol 1000, Polyethylene Glycol 1450, Polyethylene Glycol 1600, Polyethylene Glycol 200, Polyethylene Glycol 20000, Polyethylene Glycol 300, Polyethylene Glycol 3000, Polyethylene Glycol 3350, Polyethylene Glycol 400, Polyethylene Glycol 4000, Polyethylene Glycol 4500, Polyethylene Glycol 540, Polyethylene Glycol 600, Polyethylene Glycol 6000, Polyethylene Glycol 800, Polyethylene Glycol 8000, Polyethylene Glycol 900, Polyethylene Oxide 100000, Polyethylene Oxide 1000000, Polyethylene Oxide 200000, Polyethylene Oxide 2000000, Polyethylene Oxide 7000000, Polyethylene Oxide 900000, Polyglactin, Polyglyceryl-3 Oleate, Polyisobutylene, Polyisobutylene/Polybutene Adhesive, Polyactide, Polyoxyethylene-Polyoxypropylene 1800, Polyoxyethylene Alcohols, Polyoxyethylene Fatty Acid Esters, Polyoxyl 15 Hydroxystearate, Polyoxyl 20 Cetostearyl Ether, Polyoxyl 35 Castor Oil, Polyoxyl 40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, Polyoxyl 40 Stearate, Polyoxyl 6 and Polyoxyl 32 Palmitostearate, Polyoxyl Di stearate, Polyoxyl Glyceryl Stearate, Polyoxyl Stearate, Polypropylene, Polypropylene Glycol, Polyquatemium- 10, Polysaccharides Soy, Polysiloxane, Polysorbate 20, Polysorbate 40, Polysorbate 60, Polysorbate 80, Polyvinyl Acetate, Polyvinyl Alcohol, Polyvinyl Alcohol (108000 MW), Polyvinyl Alcohol (94000 MW), Polyvinyl Alcohol Graft Polyethylene Glycol Copolymer (3:1; 45000 MW), Polyvinylacetal, Ponceau 3R, Ponceau Xylidine, Potassium Acetate, Potassium Alum, Potassium Bicarbonate, Potassium Bitartrate, Potassium Chloride, Potassium Citrate, Potassium Hydroxide, Potassium Metabisulfite, Potassium Metaphosphate, Potassium Phosphate, monobasic, Potassium Soap, Potassium Sorb ate, Potassium Sulfate, Povidone K12, Povidone K17, Povidone K25, Povidone K27, Povidone K30, Povidone K90, Povidone/Eicosene Copolymer, Povidones, Powdered Cellulose, PPG-12/SZmDI Copolymer, PPG- 15 Stearyl Ether, PPG-20 Methyl Glucose Ether Di stearate, PPG-26 Oleate, Proline, Propylene Glycol, Propylene Glycol - Lecithin, Propylene Glycol Alginate, Propylene Glycol Di acetate, Propylene Glycol Dicaprylate, Propylene Glycol Monolaurate, Propylene Glycol Monopalmitostearate, Propylene Glycol Monostearate, Propylparaben, Propylparaben Sodium, Serine, Silicon Dioxide, Silicone, Silicone Adhesive 4302, Silicone Emulsion, Silicone/Polyester Film Strip, Silodrate, Simethicone, Sodium 1,2- Ethanedi sulfonate, Sodium Acetate, Sodium Acetate Anhydrous, Sodium Alginate, Sodium Alkyl Sulfate, Sodium Aluminosilicate, Sodium Ascorbate, Sodium Benzoate, Sodium Bicarbonate, Sodium Bisulfate, Sodium Bi sulfate Acetone, Sodium Bisulfite, Sodium Bitartrate, Sodium Borate, Sodium Carbonate, Sodium Carbonate Monohydrate, Sodium Cellulose, Sodium Cetostearyl Sulfate, Sodium Chlorate, Sodium Chloride, Sodium Cocomonoglyceride Sulfonate, Sodium Cocoyl Isethionate, Sodium Dithionate, Sodium Dithionite, Sodium Formaldehyde Sulfoxylate, Sodium Gluconate, Sodium Hydroxide, Sodium Hypochlorite, Sodium Iodide, Sodium Lactate, Sodium Lactate, 1-, Sodium Laureth-2 Sulfate, Sodium Laureth-3 Sulfate, Sodium Laureth-5 Sulfate, Sodium Lauroyl Sarcosinate, Sodium Lauryl Sulfate, Sodium Lauryl Sulfoacetate, Sodium Metabi sulfite, Sodium Metaphosphate, insoluble, Sodium Methyl Cocoyl Taurate, Sodium N-(C arb ony 1 -Methoxy poly ethyl ene Glycol 2000)- 1 ,2-Distearoyl-SN-Glycero-3 - Phosphoethanolamine, Sodium Nitrate, Sodium Oleate, Sodium Phosphate, Sodium Polyacrylate, Sodium Polymetaphosphate, Sodium Polystyrene Sulfonate, Sodium Propionate, Sodium Pyrophosphate, Sodium Pyrrolidone Carboxyl ate, Sodium Salicylate, Sodium Silicate, Sodium Stearate, Sodium Stearyl Fumarate, Sodium Sulfate, Sodium Sulfate Anhydrous, Sodium Sulfite, Sodium Tartrate, Sodium Tartrate Dihydrate, Sodium Tripolyphosphate, Sorbic Acid, Sorbitan, Sorbitan Monolaurate, Sorbitan Monooleate, Sorbitan Monopalmitate, Sorbitan Monostearate, Sorbitan Sesquioleate, Sorbitan Trioleate, Sorbitan Tri stearate, Sorbitol, Sorbitol Special Polyol Solution, Sorbito-Glycerin Blend, Starch, Starch, pregelatinized, Stearic Acid, Succinic Acid, Sucrose, Sucrose Palmitate, Sucrose Stearate, Sugar/Starch Insert Granules, Talc, Tartaric Acid, Tartaric Acid, dl-, Threonine, Titanium Dioxide, Tocopherol, Tocophersolan, Tragacanth,
Triacetin, Tribasic Calcium Phosphate, Tricaprilin, Trichloroethane,
Trichloromonofluoromethane, Trideceth-10, Triethanolamine Lauryl Sulfate, Triethyl Citrate, Trihydroxy stearin, Trimethylsilyl Treated Dimethiconol/Trimethylsiloxysilicate Crosspolymer (40/60 W/W; 5000000 PA S), Trimethylsilyl Treated Dimethiconol/Trimethylsiloxysilicate Crosspolymer (45/55 W/W; 100000 PA S), Tri sodium Citrate Dihydrate, Tri sodium Hedta, Trolamine, Tromethamine, Tryptophan, Valine, Xanthan Gum, Xylitol, Xylitol 300, Zinc Acetate, Zinc Chloride, Zinc Oxide, Zinc Stearate, Zinc Sulfate.
In some embodiments, the one or more excipients are selected from crospovidone, croscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, povidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, silicon dioxide, colloidal anhydrous silica, hydroxypropylcellulose, sodium stearoyl fumarate, maize starch, lactose monohydrate, anhydrous lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, calcium carbonate, calcium stearate, PEG, microcrystalline cellulose, pregelatinized starch, talc, magnesium carbonate, mannitol, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and magnesium stearate.
In some embodiments, the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the capsule comprises a tablet core and capsule fill. In some embodiments, the tablet core comprises the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and wherein the capsule fill comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. The skilled artisan would understand that after forming the tablet core, it can be placed in a capsule, with capsule fill including one or more excipients and/or drug substance, such that the final dosage form is a capsule (despite containing a “tablet” core). In some embodiments, the tablet core further comprises one or more excipients; and wherein the capsule fill further comprises one or more excipients.
In some embodiments, the composition further comprises an outer layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and an intermediate layer between the tablet core and the outer layer and contacting the tablet core and outer layer.
In some embodiments, the composition further comprises an outer layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein the tablet core is in contact with the outer layer. In some embodiments, the outer layer consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients, as described herein. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is obeticholic acid (OCA), and the one or more excipients are, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, and magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the outer layer comprises granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients, as described herein. In some embodiments, the tablet core comprises granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the granules are coated with a layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the granules further comprise one or more excipients, as described herein. In some embodiments, the granules consisting essentially of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, further comprises one or more excipients. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist is obeticholic acid (OCA), and the one or more excipients are, microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, and magnesium stearate.
In some embodiments, the layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises (i) granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (ii) granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises (i) granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (ii) the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in powder form. In some embodiments, the granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, further comprise one or more excipients. In some embodiments, the granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, consist essentially of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, further comprise one or more excipients. In some embodiments, the granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, consist essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, (i) and (ii) are blended.
In some embodiments, the particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 2 γιη, or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm to about 500 nm, about 250 nm to about 750 nm, about 500 nm to about 1 μm, about 750 nm to about 1.25 μm, about 1 μm to about 1.5 μm, about 1.25 μm to about 1.75 μm, about 1.5 μm to about 2 μm, or any value in between. In some embodiments, the particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean diameter of about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, about 1 μm, about 1.1 μm, about 1.2 μm, about 1.3 μm, about 1.4 μm, about 1.5 μm, about 1.6 μm, about 1.7 μm, about 1.8 μm, about 1.9 μm, or about 2 μm.
In some embodiments, the particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 1 μm, or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, or about 1 μm, or any value in between.
In some embodiments, the particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean diameter from 100 nm to about 2 μm, or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm to about 500 nm, about 250 nm to about 750 nm, about 500 nm to about 1 μm, about 750 nm to about 1.25 μm, about 1 μm to about 1.5 μm, about 1.25 μm to about 1.75 μm, about 1.5 μm to about 2 μm, or any value in between. In some embodiments, the particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean diameter of about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, about 1 μm, about 1.1 μm, about 1.2 μm, about 1.3 μm, about 1.4 μm, about 1.5 μm, about 1.6 μm, about 1.7 μm, about 1.8 μm, about 1.9 μm, or about 2 μm.
In some embodiments, the particles comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 1 μm, or any value in between, for example, about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 300 nm, about 400 nm, about 500 nm, about 600 nm, about 700 nm, about 800 nm, about 900 nm, or about 1 μm, or any value in between.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in substantially amorphous form. In some embodiments, the substantially amorphous compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is prepared by spray drying, spray drying with one or more excipients, hot-melt extrusion, dissolution followed by lyophilization, evaporation vacuum drying, tray drying, microwave drying or other processes that are known to a skilled person to result in solvent evaporation, thereby resulting in the formation of solid dispersion or dissolution followed by precipitation onto an amorphous substrate. In some embodiments, the amorphous substrate is amorphous silica or fumed silica.
Hot melt extrusion (HME) is the processing of a material above its glass transition temperature (Tg), combining melting and mechanical energy followed by expulsion through an extruder to provide an amorphous material. All components are sheared, heated, plastified, mixed and dispersed, and finally shaped by pressing them through a die opening. For example, the material to be processed (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) can be optionally mixed with one or more excipients, and heated above the melting point of the compound of mixture while being processed in an extruder, such as a twin-screw extruder.
Spray drying is another method for manufacturing amorphous solid materials. Fast solvent evaporation that leads to a rapid transformation of solution to a solid state. For example, a solution or slurry of a compound is formed (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof), optionally including one or more excipients, and the solution or slurry is passed through an atomizer or spray nozzle to disperse the liquid into a stream of hot gas (e.g., nitrogen or air) which rapidly evaporates the solvent.
Dissolution followed by precipitation onto an amorphous substrate involves dissolving material (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) in a suitable solvent, and optionally also dissolving one or more excipients in the solvent, to form a solution. The solution may be passed over the amorphous substrate and treated with a hot gas stream (e.g., nitrogen) to aid in solvent removal. As the concentration of the compound (and optionally, one or more excipients) in the solution increases, material begins to precipitate onto the amorphous substrate. In some embodiments, the amorphous substrate is amorphous silica. In some embodiments, the amorphous substrate is fumed silica.
In lyophilization (freeze drying), dissolution (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and/or an FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof) in a suitable solvent (and/or water) with or without excipients, is followed by freezing the solution during a freezing cycle to form a frozen mixture; evacuating (vacuum) the lyophilization chamber; and drying the frozen mixture during a primary drying cycle which comprises at least one primary drying stage. The process may further comprise further dryring using a secondary drying cycle comprising at least one secondary drying stage. Near the end, or upon completion, of the freezing cycle, the frozen mixtures are exposed to a vacuum sufficient to remove the water or solvent (which may exist in a liquid and/or solid phase) at the average temperature of the primary drying cycle. The primary-· drying cycle is optionally followed by a secondary- drying cycle, during which residual water or solvent is removed. Completion of the lyophilization process yields a stable amorphous solid.
The hot drying gas can be passed in as a co-current, same direction as sprayed liquid atomizer, or counter-current, where the hot air flows against the flow from the atomizer. With cocurrent flow, particles spend less time in the system and the particle separator (typically a cyclone device). With counter-current flow, particles spend more time in the system and is usually paired with a fluidized bed system. Co-current flow generally allows the system to operate more efficiently.
In some embodiments, the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in crystalline form.
In some embodiments, the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000034_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, further comprises an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin, canagliflozin, or dapagliflozin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of any of the foregoing.
In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is canagliflozin hemihydrate. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate.
In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a free base. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate, In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate of a free base.
In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 300 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 200 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 100 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 50 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 25 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 20 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 15 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5 mg to about 10 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount of about 5 mg, about 10 mg, or about 25 mg. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is canagliflozin. In some embodiments, the canagliflozin is present in an amount of about 100 mg or about 300 mg. In some embodiments, the canagliflozin is present in an amount of about 100 mg or about 300 mg of canagliflozin hemihydrate. In some other embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is dapagliflozin. In still other embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate. In some embodiments, the dapagliflozin is present in an amount of about 5 mg or about 10 mg. In still other embodiments, the dapagliflozin is present in an amount of about 5 mg or about 10 mg of dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin. In some embodiments, the empagliflozin is present in an amount of about 10 mg or about 25 mg. In some embodiments, the dose is a therapeutically effective amount.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises particles comprising the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the particles are in the form of a powder. In some embodiments, the particles comprise the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
In some embodiments, the particles consist essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
In some embodiments, the particles are micronized. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d90) of less than or equal to about 250 μm. In some embodiments, 90% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d90) of about 2 μm to about 10 μm, or any value in between. For example, about 2 μm, about 2.5 μm, about 3 μm, about 3.5 μm, about 4 μm, about 4.5 μm, about 5 μm, about 5.5 μm, about 6 μm, about 6.5 μm, about 7 μm, about 7.5 μm, about 8 μm, about 8.5 μm, about 9 μm, about 9.5 μm, about 10 μm, or any value in between. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 μm. In some embodiments, 50% of the mass of the micronized particles have a size (d50) of less than or equal to about 100 μm. For example, about 2 μm, about 2.25 μm, about 2.5 μm, about 2.75 μm, about 3 μm, about 3.25 μm, about 3.5 μm, about 3.75 μm, about 4 μm, about 4.25 μm, about 4.5 μm, about 4.75 μm, about 5 μm, about 5.25 μm, about 5.5 μm, about 5.75 μm, about 6 μm, or any value in between. In some embodiments, the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the size of the micronized particles is determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the composition comprises granules comprising the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises grains comprising the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
As used herein, the term “buffer” refers to an aqueous solution that resists a change in pH. Exemplary buffers include, but are not limited to, phosphate, acetate, and citrate.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL of water, containing about 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at about pH 1.5, at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 rμm; wherein from about 70 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes. See, for example,
Figure imgf000037_0001
entirety.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes. See, for example,
Figure imgf000037_0002
entirety.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C.±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method
1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method
2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C.±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 1,000 mL of acetate buffer at about pH 4.5, at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 60 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is dapagliflozin propylene glycol hydrate.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL of 0.05M phosphate buffer at about pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is empagliflozin.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 1,000 mL of water with 0.75% wt sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS) at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 20 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 20 minutes. In some embodiments, the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is canagliflozin hemihydrate.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method
1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method
2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
In some embodiments, the composition exhibits a dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15 minutes.
In some embodiments, about 50% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 45 minutes. For example, about 50% to about 75%, about 60% to about 85%, about 70% to about 95%, or about 80% to about 99%, or any value in between, is released after about 45 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 to about 99% of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 45 minutes, for example, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or any value in between.
In some embodiments, about 25% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 45 minutes. In some embodiments, about 50% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 45 minutes. For example, about 50% to about 75%, about 60% to about 85%, about 70% to about 95%, or about 80% to about 99%, or any value in between, is released after about 45 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 to about 99% of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 45 minutes, for example, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or any value in between.
In some embodiments, about 25% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the SGLT- 2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, about 50% to about 99 wt %, or any value in between, of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 15 minutes. For example, about 50% to about 75%, about 60% to about 85%, about 70% to about 95%, or about 80% to about 99%, or any value in between, is released after about 15 minutes. In some embodiments, about 75 to about 99% of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is released after about 15 minutes, for example, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or any value in between.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Cmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 50 to about 60 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Cmax of the compound of Formula (I) of about 54 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 3 hours to about 6 hours, when administered to a subject, for example, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, or about 6 hours. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fasted state. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fed state. In some embodiments, the he compositions described herein provide a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 3 hours to about 4 hours, when administered to a subject in a fasted state. In some embodiments, the he compositions described herein provide a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 4 hours to about 5 hours, when administered to a subject in a fed state.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 700 to about 1,000 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 750 to about 900 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Cmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 50 to about 60 ng/mL/mg, a Tmax of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 3 hours to about 6 hours, and an AUC of the compound of Formula (I) of from about 700 to about 1,000 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of the FXR agonist of from about 1 to about 20 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of the FXR agonist of about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 6, about 8, or about 10 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of OCA of from about 1 to about 5 ng/mL/mg, such as about 3.2 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of the FXR agonist of from about 1 hours to about 3.5 hours, when administered to a subject, for example, about 1 hour, about 1.25 hours, about 1.5 hours, about 1.75 hours, about 2 hours, about 2.25 hours, about 2.5 hours, about 2.75 hours, about 3 hours, about 3.25 hours, or about 3.5 hours. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fasted state. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fed state.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of the FXR agonist of from about 1.0 to about 2.0 hours, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of OCA of about 1.5 hours, when administered to a subject.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the FXR agonist of from about 2 to about 15 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the FXR agonist of from about 2 ng hr/mL/mg, about 3 ng hr/mL/mg, about 4 ng hr/mL/mg, about 5 ng hr/mL/mg, about 6 ng hr/mL/mg, about 7 ng hr/mL/mg, about 8 ng hr/mL/mg, about 9 ng hr/mL/mg, about 10 ng hr/mL/mg, about 11 ng hr/mL/mg, about 12 ng hr/mL/mg, about 13 ng hr/mL/mg, about 14 ng hr/mL/mg, or about 15 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of OCA of from about 5 to about 7 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 5 to about 150 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of about 10 to about 15 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject, In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a C max of empagliflozin of from about 75 to about 125 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Cmax of canagliflozin of from about 5 to about 15 ng/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 0.5 hours to about 2.5 hours, when administered to a subject, for example, about 0.5 hours, about 0.75 hours, about 1 hour, about 1.25 hours, about 1.5 hours, about 1.75 hours, about 2 hours, or about 2.5 hours. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fasted state. In some embodiments, the subject is in a fed state. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 1 to about 2 hours, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of dapagliflozin of about 2 hours, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a Tmax of empagliflozin of about 1 hour, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide a T max of canagliflozin of about 1.5 hours, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 30 to about 80 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of the SGLT-2 inhibitor of from about 30 to about 50 ng hr/mL/mg, about 40 to about 60 ng hr/mL/mg, about 50 to about 70 ng hr/mL/mg, or about 60 to about 80 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of dapagliflozin of from about 35 to about 55 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of empagliflozin of from about 30 to about 40 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the compositions described herein provide an AUC of canagliflozin of from about 60 to about 80 ng hr/mL/mg, when administered to a subject.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000045_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(d) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(e) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(f) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
(g) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; and (h) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (f) are milled prior to the mixing with one or more excipients in steps (c) and/or (g). In some embodiments, the third blend of step (e) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (e)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000046_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g); (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; and
(j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
In some embodiments, the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000047_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer; and
(k) applying an immediate release coating to the outer layer.
In some embodiments, the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000048_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(d) forming dry granules comprising the second blend;
(e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in steps (c) and (f) with one or more excipients to form a third blend; and
(f) compressing the third blend to form a tablet.
In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (d) are milled prior to the mixing with one or more excipients in steps (c) and/or (e). In some embodiments, the second blend of step (c) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (d)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules. Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000049_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(f) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
(g) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in steps (c) and (f) with one or more excipients to form a third blend; and
(h) compressing the third blend to form a tablet.
In some embodiments, the second blend of step (d) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (d)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000050_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet core; and
(e) applying the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer.
In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000050_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend; (e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core; and
(f) applying the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer.
In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000051_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
(c) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules;
(d) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
(e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; (j) mixing the second blend obtained in step (e) and the fourth blend obtained in step (i); and
(k) filling a capsule with the mixture obtained in step (j).
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition, comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000052_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a capsule fill; and
(j) filling a capsule with the tablet core and the capsule fill.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000053_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) optionally forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, optionally with one or more excipients, to form a second blend;
(d) optionally forming dry granules comprising the second blend;
(e) mixing the first blend with the second blend, and optionally one or more excipients, to form a third blend;
(f) compressing the third blending into the tablet; and
(g) optionally applying a film coating to the tablet.
In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (d) are milled prior to the mixing in step (e). In some embodiments, the second blend of step (c) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (b)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000053_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising: (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(d) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(e) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(f) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
(g) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (f) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
(h) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fifth blend;
(i) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend;
(j) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (i) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend;
(k) mixing the fourth blend of step (g) with the sixth blend of step (j), optionally with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend; and
(l) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (k) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer.
In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in steps (b) and/or (f) and/or (i) are milled prior to the mixing with one or more excipients in steps (c) and/or (g) and/or (j). In some embodiments, the third blend of step (e) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the fifth blend of step
(h) consists essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (e)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000055_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
(j) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fifth blend;
(k) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend;
(l) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
(m) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend;
(n) mixing the fourth blend of step (i) with the sixth blend of step (m), optionally with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend; and
(o) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (n) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer. In some embodiments, the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the fifth blend of step (j) consists essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (g)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000056_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
(j) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fifth blend; (k) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend;
(l) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
(m) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend;
(n) mixing the fourth blend of step (i) with the sixth blend of step (m), optionally with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend;
(o) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (n) to the surface of the tablet core, forming the outer layer; and
(p) applying an immediate release coating to the outer layer.
In some embodiments, the third blend of step (f) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the fifth blend of step (j) consists essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises mixing a granulating solution with a blend, as described herein (for example, in step (g)), to form wet granules, and drying the wet granules to form dry granules.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000057_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b); (d) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(f) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
(g) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(h) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (g) to form wet granules and drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
(i) milling the dry granules obtained in step (h);
(j) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in steps (c), (f), and (i) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend; and
(k) compressing the fourth blend to form a tablet.
In some embodiments, the third blend of step (g) consists essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the fifth blend of step (h) consists essentially of the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000058_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend; (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet core; and
(e) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, optionally with one or more excipients, to form a second blend; and
(f) applying the second blend to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer.
In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in step (b) are milled prior to step (d). In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in step (b) are not milled prior to step (d).
A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-52 or 63-90, comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core; and
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, optionally with one or more excipients, to form a third blend; and
(g) applying the third blend to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer.
In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in step (b) are milled prior to step (d). In some embodiments, the dry granules obtained in step (b) are not milled prior to step (d).
Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000059_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
(c) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules;
(d) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
(e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
(j) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fifth blend;
(k) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution to the fifth blend obtained in step (j), and mixing the solution and fifth blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(l) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
(m) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more excipients to form a sixth blend;
(n) mixing the second blend obtained in step (e), the fourth blend obtained in step (i), and the sixth blend obtained in step (m); and
(o) filling a capsule with the mixture obtained in step (n). Some embodiments provide a process for preparing the composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000061_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, the process comprising:
(a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
(b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
(c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
(d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
(e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
(f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
(g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
(i) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
(j) forming dry granules comprising the fourth blend, or optionally mixing a granulating solution with the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
(k) milling the dry granules obtained in step (j);
(l) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h), the milled dry granules obtained in step (k), and one or more excipients to form a capsule fill; and filling a capsule with the tablet core and the capsule fill.
In some embodiments, milling further comprises screen sieving. In some embodiments, forming dry granules comprises roller compaction. In some embodiments, forming wet granules comprises contacting a fluidized bed with a blend, as described herein.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is present in substantially amorphous form. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is prepared by spray drying, spray drying with one or more excipients, hot-melt extrusion, or dissolution followed by precipitation onto an amorphous substrate, as described herein. In some embodiments, the amorphous substrate is amorphous silica or fumed silica. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is milled prior to step (a). In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of step (a) is micronized prior to step (a).
The following procedures are suitable for the preparation of (A) particles comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), in amorphous form, (B) particles comprising obeticholic acid (OCA), in amorphous form, or (C) particles comprising (i) the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), in amorphous form, and (ii) obeticholic acid (OCA), in amorphous form.
1) Separately spray drying (i) the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), and (ii) obeticholic acid (OCA), each from an organic solvent, followed by blending and/or granulating the spray-dried compounds together.
2) Spray drying together the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), and obeticholic acid (OCA) together, by dissolving both in a common organic solvent and then granulating.
3) Same as procedure 1), in the presence of an excipient other than an enteric excipient.
4) Same as procedure 2), in the presence of an excipient other than an enteric excipient.
5) Separate melt extrusion of (i) the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), and (ii) obeticholic acid (OCA), in each case with a polymer excipient capable of lowering the Tg of (i) and of (ii), respectively.
6) Melt extrusion of (i) the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), and (ii) obeticholic acid (OCA), together, with a polymer excipient capable of lowering the Tg of (i) and of (ii),
7) Dissolving and precipitating (i) the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), and (ii) obeticholic acid (OCA), together, on an amorphous substrate
8) Wet granulation of (i) the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, such as the besylate of the compound of Formula (I), and (ii) obeticholic acid (OCA), using an organic solvent in which either (i) or (ii) or both (i) and (ii) are partially soluble.
In some embodiments, the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, of steps (d), (e), or (f), is present in crystalline form. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is milled prior to use in the processes described herein. In some embodiments, the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is micronized prior to use in the processes described herein.
In some embodiments, micronizing comprises forming particles having a mean diameter of from about 2 μm to about 10 μm, or any value in between. For example, about 2 μm, about 2.5 μm, about 3 μm, about 3.5 μm, about 4 μm, about 4.5 μm, about 5 μm, about 5.5 μm, about 6 μm, about 6.5 μm, about 7 μm, about 7.5 μm, about 8 μm, about 8.5 μm, about 9 μm, about 9.5 μm, about 10 μm, or any value in between.
Some embodiments provide a method of treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder, comprising administering a composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000064_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and one or more excipients, to a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder is type 2 diabetes, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), or a combination of any of the foregoing. In some embodiments, the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder is type 2 diabetes and NASH. In some embodiments, the type 2 diabetes and NASH are treated. In some embodiments, the NASH is treated. In some embodiments, the subject has been previously diagnosed with NASH. In some embodiments, the subject has been previously diagnosed with type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, the subject has been previously diagnosed with NASH and type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, the subject has been previously diagnosed with NASH and type 2 diabetes, wherein administration composition described herein treats the NASH. In some embodiments, the subject has one or more cardiac risk factors, for example, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, a history (previous or current) of smoking, a family history of cardiovascular disease, obesity, and previous myocardial infarction or stroke.
In some embodiments, the desired therapeutic effect is the same therapeutic effect observed in monotherapy of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, e.g., any of the beneficial or desired results including clinical results as described herein, for example slowing the symptomatic progression of a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder, or symptoms thereof. In other embodiments, the desired therapeutic effect is the same therapeutic effect observed in monotherapy of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, e.g., any of the beneficial or desired results including clinical results as described herein, for example slowing the symptomatic progression of a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder, or symptoms thereof.
In some embodiments, an unwanted drug effect, side effect, or adverse event is associated with or observed in monotherapy of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof and/or FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, an unwanted drug effect, side effect, or adverse event includes, but is not limited to edema, weight gain, hypertension, cardiovascular disease, and cardiovascular events (e.g. cardiovascular death, nonfatal myocardial infarction and nonfatal stroke).
Diabetes, in particular type 2 diabetes, is an increasingly prevalent disease that due to a high frequency of complications leads to a significant reduction of life expectancy. Because of diabetes-associated microvascular complications, type 2 diabetes is currently the most frequent cause of adult-onset loss of vision, renal failure, and amputations in the industrialized world. In addition, the presence of type 2 diabetes is associated with a two to five fold increase in cardiovascular disease risk. After long duration of disease, most patients with type 2 diabetes will eventually fail on oral therapy and become insulin dependent with the necessity for daily injections and multiple daily glucose measurements.
The UKPDS (United Kingdom Prospective Diabetes Study) demonstrated that intensive treatment with metformin, sulfonylureas or insulin resulted in only a limited improvement of glycemic control (difference in HbAlc -0.9%). In addition, even in patients within the intensive treatment arm glycemic control deteriorated significantly over time and this was attributed to deterioration of β-cell function. Importantly, intensive treatment was not associated with a significant reduction in macrovascular complications, i.e. cardiovascular events. Therefore many patients with type 2 diabetes remain inadequately treated, partly because of limitations in long term efficacy, tolerability and dosing inconvenience of existing anti-hyperglycemic therapies. The high incidence of therapeutic failure is a major contributor to the high rate of long-term hyperglycemia-associated complications or chronic damages (including micro- and macrovascular complications such as diabetic nephropathy, retinopathy or neuropathy, and/or cardiovascular complications) in patients with type 2 diabetes. The World Health Organization diagnostic criteria for diabetes are shown below. Table 1. World Health Organization Diabetes Diagnostic Criteria
Figure imgf000066_0001
In some embodiments, the treatment of diabetes comprises one or more of a reduction in fasting glucose levels, improved glucose tolerance, and a decrease in HbAic.
NAFLD is characterized by hepatic steatosis with no secondary causes of hepatic steatosis including excessive alcohol consumption, other known liver diseases, or long-term use of a steatogenic medication (Chalasani et al., Hepatology. 2018, 67(l):328-357, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). NAFLD can be categorized into non-alcoholic fatty liver (NAFL) and non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). According to Chalasani et al., NAFL is defined as the presence of > 5% hepatic steatosis without evidence of hepatocellular injury in the form of hepatocyte ballooning. NASH is defined as the presence of > 5% hepatic steatosis and inflammation with hepatocyte injury (e.g., ballooning), with or without any liver fibrosis. Additionally, NASH is commonly associated with hepatic inflammation and liver fibrosis, which can progress to cirrhosis, end-stage liver disease, and hepatocellular carcinoma. However, liver fibrosis is not always present in NASH, but the severity of fibrosis can be linked to long-term outcomes.
There are many approaches used to assess and evaluate whether a subject has NAFLD and if so, the severity of the disease including differentiating whether the NAFLD is NAFL or NASH. For example, these approaches include determining one or more of hepatic steatosis (e.g., accumulation of fat in the liver); the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS); hepatic inflammation; biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, hepatic inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis (e.g., serum markers and panels); and liver fibrosis and/or cirrhosis. Further examples of physiological indicators ofNAFLD can include liver morphology, liver stiffness, and the size or weight of the subject’s liver. In some embodiments, NAFLD in the subject is evidenced by an accumulation of hepatic fat and detection of a biomarker indicative of liver damage. For example, elevated serum ferritin and low titers of serum autoantibodies can be common features of NAFLD. In some embodiments, methods to assess NAFLD include magnetic resonance imaging, either by spectroscopy or by proton density fat fraction (MRI-PDFF) to quantify steatosis, transient elastography (FIBROSCAN®), hepatic venous pressure gradient (HPVG), hepatic stiffness measurement with MRE for diagnosing significant liver fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, and assessing histological features of liver biopsy. In some embodiments, magnetic resonance imaging is used to detect one or more of steatohepatitis (NASH-MRI), liver fibrosis (Fibro-MRI), and steatosis see, for example, U S. Application Publication Nos. 2016/146715 and 2005/0215882, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, treatment ofNAFLD comprises one or more of a decrease in symptoms; a reduction in the amount of hepatic steatosis; a decrease in the NAS; a decrease in hepatic inflammation; a decrease in the level of biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis; and a reduction in fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, a lack of further progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, or a slowing of the progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis.
In some embodiments, the severity of NALFD can be assessed using the NAS. In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD can be assessed using the NAS. In some embodiments, treatment ofNAFLD comprises a reduction in the NAS following administration of one or more compounds described herein. In some embodiments, the NAS can be determined as described in Kleiner et al., Hepatology. 2005, 41(6): 1313-1321, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. See, for example, Table 2 for a simplified NAS scheme adapted from Kleiner.
Table 2. Example of the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS) with Fibrosis Stage
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
In some embodiments, the NAS is determined non-invasively, for example, as described in U S. Application Publication No. 2018/0140219, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
In some embodiments, the presence of hepatic inflammation is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of biomarkers indicative of hepatic inflammation and a liver biopsy sample(s) from the subject. In some embodiments, the severity of hepatic inflammation is determined from a liver biopsy sample(s) from the subject. For example, hepatic inflammation in a liver biopsy sample can be assessed as described in Kleiner et al., Hepatology. 2005, 41(6): 1313-1321 and Brunt et al., Am J Gastroenterol 1999, 94:2467-2474, each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.
In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, e.g., a decrease in the severity of fibrosis, a lack of further progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis, or a slowing of the progression of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis. In some embodiments, the presence of fibrosis and/or cirrhosis is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of transient elastography (e.g., FIBROSCAN®), non-invasive markers of hepatic fibrosis, and histological features of a liver biopsy. In some embodiments, the severity (e.g., stage) of fibrosis is determined by one or more methods selected from the group consisting of transient elastography (e.g., FIBROSCAN®), a fibrosis-scoring system, biomarkers of hepatic fibrosis (e.g., non-invasive biomarkers), and hepatic venous pressure gradient (HVPG). Non-limiting examples of fibrosis scoring systems include the NAFLD fibrosis scoring system (see, e.g., Angulo, et al., Hepatology . 2007; 45(4):846-54), the fibrosis scoring system in Brunt et al., Am J Gastroenterol . 1999, 94:2467-2474, the fibrosis scoring system in Kleiner et al., Hepatology. 2005, 41(6): 1313- 1321, and the ISHAK fibrosis scoring system (see Ishak et al., J Hepatol. 1995;22:696-9), the contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
In some embodiments, the presence of NAFLD is determined by one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis or scoring systems thereof. In some embodiments, the severity of NAFLD is determined by one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis or scoring systems thereof. The level of the biomarker can be determined by, for example, measuring, quantifying, and monitoring the expression level of the gene or mRNA encoding the biomarker and/or the peptide or protein of the biomarker. Non-limiting examples of biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, liver fibrosis, and/or liver cirrhosis and/or scoring systems thereof include the aspartate aminotransferase (AST) to platelet ratio index (APRI); the aspartate aminotransferase (AST) and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) ratio (AAR); the FIB-4 score, which is based on the APRI, alanine aminotransferase (ALT) levels, and age of the subject (see, e.g., McPherson et al., Gut. 2010 Sep;59(9): 1265-9, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety); hyaluronic acid; pro-inflammatory cytokines; a panel of biomarkers consisting of a2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein Al, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, a2 -macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams etak, Clin Chem. 2005 Oct;51(10): 1867-73), and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase- 1, hyaluronic acid, and a2-macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®); a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score, see, e.g., Lichtinghagen R, et al., J Hepatol. 2013 Aug; 59(2): 236-42, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety). In some embodiments, the presence of fibrosis is determined by one or more of the FIB-4 score, a panel of biomarkers consisting of a2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein Al, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, a2- macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin Chem. 2005 Oct;51(10): 1867-73), and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase- 1, hyaluronic acid, and a2-macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®); and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino- terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score).
In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) decreases. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) decreases. In some embodiments, the “level” of an enzyme refers to the concentration of the enzyme, e.g., within blood. For example, the level of AST or ALT can be expressed as Units/L.
In some embodiments, the severity of fibrosis is determined by one or more of the FIB-4 score, a panel of biomarkers consisting of a2-macroglobulin, haptoglobin, apolipoprotein Al, bilirubin, gamma glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT) combined with a subject’s age and gender to generate a measure of fibrosis and necroinflammatory activity in the liver (e.g., FIBROTEST®, FIBROSURE®), a panel of biomarkers consisting of bilirubin, gamma-glutamyltransferase, hyaluronic acid, a2 -macroglobulin combined with the subject’s age and sex (e.g., HEPASCORE®; see, e.g., Adams et al., Clin Chem. 2005 Oct;51(10):1867-73, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety), and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase- 1, hyaluronic acid, and a2-macroglobulin (e.g., FIBROSPECT®); and a panel of biomarkers consisting of tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases 1 (TIMP-1), amino-terminal propeptide of type III procollagen (PIIINP) and hyaluronic acid (HA) (e.g., the Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) score).
In some embodiments, hepatic inflammation is determined by the level of liver inflammation biomarkers, e.g., pro-inflammatory cytokines. Non-limiting examples of biomarkers indicative of liver inflammation include interleukin-(IL) 6, interleukin-(IL) 1β, tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-a, transforming growth factor (TGFj-β, monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP)-l, C- reactive protein (CRP), PAI-1, and collagen isoforms such as Collal, Colla2, and Col4al (see, e.g., Neuman, et al., Can J Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2014 Dec; 28(11): 607-618 and U S. Patent No. 9,872,844, each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties). Liver inflammation can also be assessed by change of macrophage infiltration, e.g., measuring a change of CD68 expression level. In some embodiments, liver inflammation can be determined by measuring or monitoring serum levels or circulating levels of one or more of interleukin-(IL) 6, interleukin-(IL) 1β, tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-a, transforming growth factor (TGFj-β, monocyte chemotactic protein (MCP)-l, and C -reactive protein In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NAFLD with attendant cholestasis. In cholestasis, the release of bile, including bile acids, from the liver is blocked. Bile acids can cause hepatocyte damage (see, e.g., Perez MJ, Briz O. World J Gastroenterol. 2009 Apr 14; 15(14): 1677-89) likely leading to or increasing the progression of fibrosis (e.g., cirrhosis) and increasing the risk of hepatocellular carcinoma (see, e.g., Sorrentino P et ah. Dig Dis Sci. 2005 Jun;50(6): 1130-5 and Satapathy SK and Sanyal AJ. Semin Liver Dis. 2015, 35 (3 ) : 221-35, each of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties). In some embodiments, the NAFLD with attendant cholestasis is NASH with attendant cholestasis. In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of pruritus. In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD with attendant cholestasis comprises treatment of pruritus. In some embodiments, a subject with NAFLD with attendant cholestasis has pruritus.
In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD comprises an increase in adiponectin. It is thought that the compound of Formula (I) may be a selective activator of a highly limited number of PPARy pathways including pathways regulated by adiponectin. Adiponectin is an anti-fibrotic and anti-inflammatory adipokine in the liver (see e.g., Park et ak, Curr Pathobiol Rep. 2015 Dec 1; 3(4): 243-252.). In some embodiments, the level of adiponectin is determined by, for example, an ELISA enzymatic assay. (CRP).
In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease of one or more symptoms associated with NAFLD in the subject. Exemplary symptoms can include one or more of an enlarged liver, fatigue, pain in the upper right abdomen, abdominal swelling, enlarged blood vessels just beneath the skin's surface, enlarged breasts in men, enlarged spleen, red palms, jaundice, and pruritus. In some embodiments, the subject is asymptomatic.
In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD, e.g., NAFL or NASH, comprises a reduction in hepatic steatosis. For example, hepatic steatosis is decreased by at least 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%. 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more than 99% following administration of (a) and (b) for a period of time.
In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD, e.g., NAFL or NASH, is assessed using the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS). In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease in the NAS. In some embodiments, the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is 7 or less. In some embodiments, the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some embodiments, the NAFLD activity score (NAS) for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is 7 or less. In some embodiments, the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some embodiments, the sample from the subject is from a liver biopsy.
In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD, e.g., NAFL or NASH, can be assessed using the NAFLD Activity Score (NAS). In some embodiments, the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is reduced by 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, or 6 or more. In some embodiments, the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration is reduced by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In some embodiments, the NAFLD activity score (NAS) for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is reduced by 1 or more, 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, or 6 or more. In some embodiments, the NAS for a sample from the subject following administration during the period of time is reduced by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In some embodiments, the sample from the subject is from a liver biopsy.
In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD, e.g., NAFL or NASH, comprises treatment of hepatic inflammation. In some embodiments, the severity of the hepatic inflammation is decreased by about 1% to about 50%, about 25% to about 75%, or about 50% to about 100%. In some embodiments, the severity of hepatic inflammation is decreased by about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, or about 95%.
In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD, e.g., NAFL or NASH, comprises treatment of fibrosis. In some embodiments, the treatment of the NAFLD comprises treatment of cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 of fibrosis). In some embodiments, treatment of fibrosis comprises a decrease in the stage of fibrosis, for example, from stage 4 to stage 3, from stage 4 to stage 2, from stage 4 to stage 1, from stage 4 to stage 0, from stage 3 to stage 2, from stage 3 to stage 1, from stage 3 to stage 0, from stage 2 to stage 1, from stage 2 to stage 0, or from stage 1 to stage 0.
In some embodiments, the adiponectin level in the subject is increased by at least about 30%, at least about 68%, at least about 175%, or at least about 200%. In some embodiments, the increase is by at least about 175%.
In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) in the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) in the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) in the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the level of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) in the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the total body weight of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the total body weight of the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the body mass index (BMI) of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the body mass index (BMI) of the subject decreases. In some embodiments, the waist and hip (WTH) ratio of the subject does not increase. In some embodiments, the waist and hip (WTH) ratio of the subject decreases.
In some embodiments, a non-invasive liver fibrosis marker does not increase or decreases. In some embodiments, the non-invasive liver fibrosis marker is Enhanced Liver Fibrosis (ELF) panel.
In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease in the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, fibrosis, and/or cirrhosis, e.g., any of the biomarkers as described herein. In some embodiments, treatment of NAFLD comprises a decrease in the level of one or more biomarkers indicative of one or more of liver damage, inflammation, fibrosis, and/or cirrhosis by at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 99%.
In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD decreases the level of serum bile acids in the subject. In some embodiments, the treatment of NAFLD comprises treatment of pruritus.
In some embodiments, the subject has liver fibrosis associated with the NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has hepatic cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 fibrosis) associated with the NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has liver fibrosis as a comorbidity. In some embodiments, the subject has hepatic cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 fibrosis) as a comorbidity. In some embodiments, the subject has liver fibrosis caused by the NAFLD. In some embodiments, the subject has hepatic cirrhosis (e.g., stage 4 fibrosis) caused by the NAFLD.
In some embodiments, the NAFLD is simple nonalcoholic fatty liver (NAFL). In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NAFL with attendant liver fibrosis. In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NAFL with attendant liver cirrhosis.
In some embodiments, the NAFLD is nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NASH with attendant liver fibrosis. In some embodiments, the NAFLD is NASH with attendant liver cirrhosis.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises performing a liver biopsy to determine the NAFLD activity score of the biopsy sample obtained from the subject.
Pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) is a life-threatening disease characterized by a progressive pulmonary vasculopathy leading to right ventricular hypertrophy. Right heart failure occurs if left untreated. The hemodynamic definition of PAH is an average resting pulmonary artery pressure greater than or equal to 25 mmHg in the presence of a pulmonary capillary wedge pressure less than or equal to 15 mmHg. For comparison, the normal average pulmonary artery pressure is 12- 16 mmHg and normal wedge pressure is 6-12 mmHg . If left untreated, it carries a high rate of mortality. In the pediatric population, familial or idiopathic IP AH disease is the most common type (-55%), followed by PH secondary to congenital heart disease (-35%) and chronic respiratory disorders (-15%)
Pathologies involved in PAH include one or more of vasoconstriction, vascular proliferation and remodeling, thrombosis and inflammation. Features of PAH may include reduction in peripheral PAs vascular pruning, thickening of the pulmonary adventitia, venous hypertrophy, and increased expression of TGF-β; matrix proteins such as elastin, fibronectin, and tenascin-C; and glycosaminoglycans. In addition to macrophages, B and T cells may be found in abundance in the perivascular space and may be seen invading the vessel wall. An additional feature that may be observed in severe forms of PAH is a complex vascular lesion known as plexiform lesion. Dysfunctional EPCs, which are hyperproliferative with impaired ability to form vascular networks, may also be implicated in the vascular remodeling in PAH. Factors that increase the rapidity of develoμment of pulmonary vascular disease may include increased MPAP, increased pulmonary blood flow, and the presence of hypoxia or hypercapnia.
The events that drive heart failure in PAH may include maladaptive RV hypertrophy (RVH) and dilation, capillary rarefi cation, cardiac fibrosis, in some cases myocardial ischemia/ hypoxia, and ultimately, RV failure. Cardiovascular remodeling in pulmonary vascular disease (PVD), PAH, and RV failure may relate to increased growth factor-mediated cell proliferation, activation and recruitment of myofibroblasts, DNA damage/ resi stance to apoptosis, extracellular matrix remodeling and fibrosis, and inflammation and endothelial dysfunction, with a smaller contribution from vasoconstriction. Abnormalities in glucose and lipid metabolism and epigenetic dysregulation [microRNAs (miRNAs) may be observed. Histone deacetylases (HDACs) may be involved in both PAH/PVD and RV failure.
In some embodiments, the subject that has been identified, selected, or diagnosed as having PAH through the use of histological analysis and/or a regulatory agency-approved, e.g., FDA- approved test or assay for identifying PAH in a subject or a biopsy sample from the subject or by performing any of the non-limiting examples of assays described herein.
In some embodiments, the PAH is selected from idiopathic PAH; familial PAH; PAH associated with a collagen vascular disease selected from: scleroderma, CREST syndrome, systemic lupus erythematosus (SEE), rheumatoid arthritis, Takayasu's arteritis, polymyositis, and dermatomyositis; PAH associated with a congenital heart disease selected from: atrial septic defect (ASD), ventricular septic defect (VSD) and patent ductusarteriosus; PAH associated with portal hypertension; PAH associated with HIV infection; PAH associated with ingestion of a drug or toxin; PAH associated with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia; PAH associated with splenectomy; PAH associated with significant venous or capillary involvement; PAH associated with pulmonary veno-occlusive disease (PVOD); and PAH associated with pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis (PCH). .
In some embodiments, the PAH is idiopathic PAH. In some embodiments, the PAH is familial PAH. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with a collagen vascular disease selected from: scleroderma, CREST syndrome, systemic lupus erythematosus (SEE), rheumatoid arthritis, Takayasu's arteritis, polymyositis, and dermatomyositis. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with a congenital heart disease selected from: atrial septic defect (ASD), ventricular septic defect (VSD) and patent ductusarteriosus. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with portal hypertension. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with HIV infection. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with ingestion of a drug or toxin. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with splenectomy. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with significant venous or capillary involvement. In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with pulmonary veno-occlusive disease (PVOD). In some embodiments, the PAH is PAH associated with pulmonary capillary hemangiomatosis (PCH).
In some embodiments, the treatment of PAH comprises relieving at least to some extent one or more signs or symptoms associated with PAH. In some embodiments, the symptoms are one or more of the following: dyspnea, angina, syncope and edema.
EXAMPLES
The following example further illustrates the invention.
Example 1. Preparation of a fixed dose combination tablet comprising a tablet core and a coating.
3 mg of the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) are mixed with MCC, crosspovidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose monohydrate, povidone and magnesium stearate to form a powder blend. Wet granulation with ethanol provides granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I). The granules are then compressed in a tablet core. The tablet core is then coated with a mixture of 5 mg of obeticholic acid, sodium starch glycolate, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate. Opadry II yellow coating may be added if desired.
Example 2. Preparation of a fixed dose combination tablet.
3 mg of the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) are mixed with MCC, crosspovidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose monohydrate, povidone and magnesium stearate to form a powder blend. Wet granulation with ethanol provides granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I). Separately, 5 mg of obeticholic acid are wet granulated with ethanol with sodium starch glycolate, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate to provide granules containing the obeticholic acid. The granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) and the granules containing the obeticholic acid are then blended with each other and with additional excipients. The resulting blend is compressed in a tablet core. The tablet core is then coated with a mixture of obeticholic acid, sodium starch glycolate, microcrystalline cellulose, and magnesium stearate. Opadry yellow II coating may be added if desired.
Example 3. Dissolution of a fixed dose combination tablet.
A comparison of the dissolution profile of (A) a tablet containing the besylate salt of the compound of formula (I) as the only active agent (tablet (A)), and (B) the fixed dose combination tablet according to Example 1 (tablet (B)), is performed as follows.
Tablet (A) is prepared as follows: 3 mg of the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I) are mixed with MCC, crospovidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, lactose monohydrate, povidone and magnesium stearate to form a powder blend. Wet granulation with ethanol provides granules containing the besylate salt of the compound of Formula (I). The granules are then compressed in a tablet.
The dissolution rate of tablet (A) is then determined in about 900 mL of water, containing about 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at about pH 1.5, at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 rμm. The dissolution rate of tablet (B) is then determined under the same conditions as described above for tablet (A).

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1 1. A composition comprising a fixed dose combination of a compound of Formula (I)
2
Figure imgf000078_0001
3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof;
4 a FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and
5 one or more excipients.
6
7 2. The composition Claim 1, wherein the FXR agonist is selected from the group
8 consisting of: cafestol, chenodeoxycholic acid, obeticholic acid (OCA), fexaramine, GW
9 4064, tropifexor, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of any of the foregoing.
10
11 3. The composition of Claim 1 or 2, wherein the FXR agonist is cafestol,
12 chenodeoxycholic acid, or obeticholic acid (OCA), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
13 or solvate of any of the foregoing.
14
15 4. The composition of any one of Claims 1-3, wherein the FXR agonist is cafestol.
16
17 5. The composition of any one of Claims 1-3, wherein the FXR agonist is OCA.
18
19 6. The composition of any one of Claims 1-5, wherein the FXR agonist, or a
20 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 1
21 mg to about 100 mg.
22
23 7. The composition of any one of Claims 1-6, wherein the FXR agonist, or a
24 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 1
25 mg to about 25 mg.
26
27 8. The composition of any one of Claims 1-7, wherein the FXR agonist, or a
28 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
29 mg to about 25 mg.
30
31 9. The composition of any one of Claims 1-6, wherein the FXR agonist, or a
32 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 10
33 mg to about 35 mg.
34
35 10. The composition of Claim 9, wherein the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically
36 acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 10 mg to about 50
37 mg.
38
39 11. The composition of any one of Claims 1-8, wherein the FXR agonist, or a
40 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount of about 5 mg,
41 about 10 mg, or about 20 mg.
42
43 12. The composition of any one of Claims 1-11, wherein the compound of Formula (I),
44 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about
45 0.1 mg to about 10 mg.
46
47 13. The composition of any one of Claims 1-12, wherein the compound of Formula (I),
48 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about
49 0.5 mg to about 5 mg.
50
51 14. The composition of any one of Claims 1-13, wherein the compound of Formula (I),
52 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about
53 1 mg to about 3 mg.
54
55 15. The composition of any one of Claims 1-14, wherein the compound of Formula (I),
56 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount of 1.5 mg
57 or 3 mg. 58
59 16. The composition of any one of Claims 1-15, wherein the compound of Formula (I)
60 is present as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
61
62 17. The composition of any one of Claims 1-16, wherein the compound of Formula (I)
63 is present as a besylate salt.
64
65 18. The composition of any one of Claims 1-15, wherein the compound of Formula (I)
66 is present as a free base.
67
68 19. The composition of any one of Claims 1-18, wherein the composition is formulated
69 for administration twice a day or daily.
70
71 20. The composition of any one of Claims 1-19, wherein the composition is formulated
72 for administration daily.
73
74 21. The composition of any one of Claims 1-20, further comprising an SGLT-2
75 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
76
77 22. The composition Claim 21, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor is selected from the
78 group consisting of: empagliflozin, canagliflozin, dapagliflozin, ertugliflozin, ipragliflozin,
79 luseogliflozin, remogliflozin etabonate, serfliflozin etabonate, sotagliflozin, tofogliflozin,
80 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of any of the foregoing.
81
82 23. The composition of Claim 22, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin,
83 canagliflozin, or dapagliflozin, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of any of
84 the foregoing.
85
86 24. The composition of Claim 22 or 23, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor is canagliflozin
87 hemihydrate.
88
89 25. The composition of Claim 22 or 23, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor is empagliflozin. 90
91 26. The composition of Claim 22 or 23, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor is dapagliflozin
92 propylene glycol hydrate.
93
94 27. The composition of any one of Claims 22-26, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
95 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
96 mg to about 300 mg.
97
98 28. The composition of any one of Claims 22-26, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
99 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
100 mg to about 200 mg.
101
102 29. The composition of any one of Claims 22-26, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
103 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
104 mg to about 100 mg.
105
106 30. The composition of any one of Claims 22-26, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
107 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
108 mg to about 50 mg.
109
110 31. The composition of any one of Claims 22-30, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
111 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
112 mg to about 25 mg.
113
114 32. The composition of any one of Claims 22-31, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
115 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
116 mg to about 20 mg.
117
118 33. The composition of any one of Claims 22-32, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
119 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
120 mg to about 15 mg. 121
122 34. The composition of any one of Claims 22-33, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
123 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount from about 5
124 mg to about 10 mg.
125
126 35. The composition of any one of Claims 22-31, wherein the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a
127 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in an amount of about 5 mg,
128 about 10 mg, or about 25 mg.
129
130 36. The composition of any one of Claims 1-35, comprising particles comprising the
131 compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
132
133 37. The composition of Claim 36, wherein the particles comprise the compound of
134 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more
135 excipients.
136
137 38. The composition of Claim 36, wherein the particles consist essentially of the
138 compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
139
140 39. The composition of any one of Claims 36-38, wherein the particles are micronized.
141
142 40. The composition of Claim 39, wherein 90% of the mass of the micronized particles
143 have a size (d90) of about 2 μm to about 10 μm.
144
145 41. The composition of Claim 39 or 40, wherein 50% of the mass of the micronized
146 particles have a size (d50) of about 2 μm to about 6 μm.
147
148 42. The composition of Claim 40 or 41, wherein size of the micronized particles is
149 determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
150
151 43. The composition of any one of Claims 1-42, comprising granules comprising the
152 compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
153
154 44. The composition of any one of Claims 1-42, comprising grains comprising the
155 compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
156
157 45. The composition of any one of Claims 1-44, comprising particles comprising the
158 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
159
160 46. The composition of Claim 45, wherein the particles comprise the FXR agonist, or
161 a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
162
163 47. The composition of Claim 45, wherein the particles consist essentially of the FXR
164 agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
165
166 48. The composition of any one of Claims 45-47, wherein the particles are micronized.
167
168 49. The composition of Claim 48, wherein 90% of the mass of the micronized particles
169 have a size (d90) of about 3 μm to about 300 μm.
170
171 50. The composition of Claim 49, wherein 50% of the mass of the micronized particles
172 have a size (d50) of about 1 μm about 100 μm.
173
174 51. The composition of Claim 49 or 50, wherein size of the micronized particles is
175 determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
176
177 52. The composition of any one of Claims 1-46, comprising granules comprising the
178 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
179
180 53. The composition of any one of Claims 1-46, comprising grains comprising the FXR
181 agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
182
183 54. The composition of any one of Claims 1-53, further comprising particles
184 comprising an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
185
186 55. The composition of Claim 54, wherein the particles comprise the SGLT-2 inhibitor,
187 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more excipients.
188
189 56. The composition of Claim 54, wherein the particles consist essentially of the SGLT-
190 2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
191
192 57. The composition of any one of Claims 54-56, wherein the particles are micronized.
193
194 58. The composition of Claim 57, wherein 90% of the mass of the micronized particles
195 have a size (d90) of about 10 μm to about 250 μm.
196
197 59. The composition of Claim 58, wherein 50% of the mass of the micronized particles
198 have a size (d50) of about 10 μm about 100 μm.
199
200 60. The composition of Claim 58 or 59, wherein size of the micronized particles is
201 determined by direct imaging, laser diffraction, or a combination thereof.
202
203 61. The composition of any one of Claims 1-54, comprising granules comprising the
204 SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
205
206 62. The composition of any one of Claims 1-54, comprising grains comprising the
207 SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
208
209 63. The composition of any one of Claims 1-62, wherein the composition is in the form
210 of a tablet.
211
212 64. The composition of Claim 63, wherein the tablet comprises a tablet core and an
213 outer layer;
214 wherein the tablet core comprises the compound of Formula (I), or a
215 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and
216 wherein the outer layer comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically
217 acceptable salt or solvate thereof. 218
219 65. The composition of Claim 64, further comprising an intermediate layer between the
220 tablet core and the outer layer and contacting the tablet core and outer layer.
221
222 66. The composition of Claim 64, wherein the tablet core is in contact with the outer
223 layer.
224
225 67. The composition of any one of Claims 64-66, further comprising an immediate
226 release coating around the outer layer.
227
228 68. The composition any one of Claims 64-67, wherein the outer layer consists
229 essentially of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
230
231 69. The composition any one of Claims 64-68, wherein the outer layer comprises the
232 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more
233 excipients.
234
235 70. The composition of any one of Claims 64-69, wherein the outer layer comprises
236 granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
237 thereof.
238
239 71. The composition of any one of Claims 64-70, wherein the tablet core further
240 comprises one or more excipients.
241
242 72. The composition of any one of Claims 64-71, wherein the tablet core comprises
243 granules comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
244 or solvate thereof.
245
246 73. The composition of any one of Claims 64-72, further comprising an outer layer
247 comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and 248 an intermediate layer between the tablet core and the outer layer and contacting the tablet
249 core and outer layer.
250
251 74. The composition of any one of Claims 64-72, further comprising an outer layer
252 comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof
253 wherein the tablet core is in contact with the outer layer.
254
255 75. The composition of Claim 73 or 74, wherein the outer layer consists essentially of
256 the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
257
258 76. The composition of any one of Claims 73-75, wherein the outer layer comprises the
259 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more
260 excipients.
261
262 77. The composition of any one of Claims 73-76, wherein the outer layer comprises
263 granules comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
264 thereof.
265
266 78. The composition of any one of Claims 73-77, wherein the outer layer further
267 comprises an SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
268
269 79. The composition of any one of Claims 73-78, wherein the outer layer further
270 comprises granules comprising the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
271 or solvate thereof.
272
273 80. The composition of any one of Claims 1-62, wherein the composition is in the form
274 of a capsule.
275
276 81. The composition of Claim 80, wherein the capsule is a gelatin capsule or a
277 hydroxypropylmethylcellulose capsule.
278
279 82. The composition of Claim 80 or 81, wherein the capsule comprises a tablet core
280 and capsule fill.
281
282 83. The composition of Claim 82, wherein the tablet core comprises the compound of
283 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; and wherein the
284 capsule fill comprises the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
285 thereof.
286
287 84. The composition of Claim 83, wherein the tablet core further comprises one or more
288 excipients; and wherein the capsule fill further comprises one or more excipients.
289
290 85. The composition of any one of Claims 1-63, 80, or 81, comprising granules
291 comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
292 thereof, wherein the granules are coated with a layer comprising the FXR agonist, or a
293 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
294
295 86. The composition of Claim 85, wherein the granules further comprise one or more
296 excipients.
297
298 87. The composition of Claims 1-63, 80, or 81, wherein the granules consist essentially
299 of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
300
301 88. The composition of any one of Claims 64-79, wherein the layer comprising the
302 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, further comprises
303 one or more excipients.
304
305 89. The composition of any one of Claims 64-79, wherein the layer comprising the
306 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, consists essentially
307 of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
308
309 90. The composition of Claim 63, comprising (i) granules comprising the compound of
310 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (ii) granules
311 comprising the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
312
313 91. The composition of Claim 63, comprising (i) granules comprising the compound of
314 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and (ii) the FXR
315 agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, in powder form.
316
317 92. The composition of Claim 90 or 91, wherein the granules comprising the compound
318 of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, further comprise
319 one or more excipients.
320
321 93. The composition of Claim 90, wherein the granules comprising the compound of
322 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, consist essentially of
323 the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
324
325 94. The composition of any one of Claims 90-93, wherein the granules comprising the
326 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, further comprise one
327 or more excipients.
328
329 95. The composition of any one of Claims 90-93, wherein the granules comprising the
330 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, consist essentially
331 of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
332
333 96. The composition any one of Claims 90-95, wherein (i) and (ii) are blended.
334
335 97. The composition of any one of Claims 1-96, wherein the particles comprising the
336 compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a
337 mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 2 μm.
338
339 98. The composition of any one of Claims 1-97, wherein the particles comprising the
340 compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a
341 mean diameter from about 100 nm to about 1 μm.
342
343 99. The composition of any one of Claims 1-98, wherein the particles comprising the
344 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean
345 diameter from 100 nm to about 2 μm.
346
347 100. The composition of any one of Claims 1-99, wherein the particles comprising the
348 FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, have a mean
349 diameter from about 100 nm to about 1 μm.
350
351 101. The composition of any one of Claims 1-100, wherein the compound of Formula
352 (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in substantially
353 amorphous form.
354
355 102. The composition of Claim 101, wherein the substantially amorphous compound of
356 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is prepared by spray
357 drying, spray drying with one or more excipients, hot-melt extrusion, or dissolution
358 followed by precipitation onto an amorphous substrate.
359
360 103. The composition of Claim 102, wherein the amorphous substrate is amorphous
361 silica or fumed silica.
362
363 104. The composition of any one of Claims 1-103, wherein the FXR agonist, or a
364 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in crystalline form.
365
366 105. The composition of any one of Claims 1-104, wherein the composition exhibits a
367 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5°
368 C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100
369 rμm; 370 wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the compound of
371 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about
372 45 minutes.
373
374 106. The composition of any one of Claims 1-105, wherein the composition exhibits a
375 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5°
376 C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100
377 rμm;
378 wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of
379 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about
380 45 minutes.
381
382 107. The composition of any one of Claims 1-106, wherein the composition exhibits a
383 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C ±0.5°
384 C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100
385 rμm;
386 wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the compound of
387 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about
388 45 minutes.
389
390 108. The composition of any one of Claims 1-107, wherein the composition exhibits a
391 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 1 to about pH 2 at 37° C.±0.5°
392 C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100
393 rμm;
394 wherein from about 60 to about 80 wt % of the total amount of the compound of
395 Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about
396 45 minutes.
397
398 109. The composition of any one of Claims 1-108, wherein the composition exhibits a
399 dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM 400 sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test
401 method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about
402 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
403 solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
404
405 110. The composition of any one of Claims 1-108, wherein the composition exhibits a
406 dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM
407 sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test
408 method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about 100 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about
409 99 wt % of the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
410 solvate thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
411
412 111. The composition of any one of Claims 1-108, wherein the composition exhibits a
413 dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM
414 sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test
415 method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of
416 the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
417 thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
418
419 112. The composition of any one of Claims 1-108, wherein the composition exhibits a
420 dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM
421 sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test
422 method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of
423 the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
424 thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
425
426 113. The composition of any one of Claims 1-108, wherein the composition exhibits a
427 dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM
428 sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test
429 method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of 430 the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
431 thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
432
433 114. The composition of any one of Claims 1-108, wherein the composition exhibits a
434 dissolution profile in about 900 mL water with about 0.08% polysorbate 80 in 50mM
435 sodium phosphate dibasic buffer, pH 6.8 at 37° C ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test
436 method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 75 rμm; wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of
437 the total amount of the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
438 thereof is released after about 45 minutes.
439
440 115. The composition of any one of Claims 21-114, wherein the composition exhibits a
441 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C
442 ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about
443 100 rμm;
444 wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2
445 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15
446 minutes.
447
448 116. The composition of any one of Claims 21-115, wherein the composition exhibits a
449 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C
450 ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 1 (basket) at a speed of about 50 to about
451 100 rμm;
452 wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2
453 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15
454 minutes.
455
456 117. The composition of any one of Claims 21-116, wherein the composition exhibits a
457 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C
458 ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about
459 100 rμm; 460 wherein from about 25 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2
461 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15
462 minutes.
463
464 118. The composition of any one of Claims 21-117, wherein the composition exhibits a
465 dissolution profile in about 900 mL buffer at from about pH 4 to about pH 7.5 at 37° C
466 ±0.5° C according to USP 28 <711> test method 2 (paddle) at a speed of about 50 to about
467 100 rμm;
468 wherein from about 50 to about 99 wt % of the total amount of the SGLT-2
469 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is released after about 15
470 minutes.
471
472 119. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
473 comprising:
474 (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
475 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
476 (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
477 (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
478 (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients
479 to form a second blend;
480 (e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
481 (f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
482 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
483 (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a
484 granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then
485 drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
486 (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
487 (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients
488 to form a fourth blend; and 489 (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core,
490 forming the outer layer.
491
492 120. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
493 comprising:
494 (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
495 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
496 (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
497 (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
498 (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients
499 to form a second blend;
500 (e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
501 (f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
502 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
503 (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
504 (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
505 (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients
506 to form a fourth blend;
507 (j) applying the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to the surface of the tablet core,
508 forming the outer layer; and
509 (k) applying an immediate release coating to the outer layer.
510
511 121. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
512 comprising:
513 (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
514 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
515 (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a
516 granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying
517 the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
518 (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b); 519 (d) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
520 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
521 (e) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a
522 granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then
523 drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
524 (f) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
525 (g) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in steps (c) and (f) with one or more
526 excipients to form a third blend; and
527 (h) compressing the third blend to form a tablet.
528
529 122. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
530 comprising:
531 (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
532 or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
533 (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
534 (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
535 (d) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet
536 core; and
537 (e) applying the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
538 thereof, to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer.
539
540 123. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
541 comprising:
542 (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically
543 acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
544 (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
545 (c) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
546 (d) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more
547 excipients to form a second blend;
548 (e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core; and 549 (f) applying the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
550 thereof, to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer layer.
551
552 124. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-62, 80-87, or 97-
553 118, comprising:
554 (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
555 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
556 (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a
557 granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
558 (c) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules;
559 (d) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
560 (e) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients
561 to form a second blend;
562 (f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
563 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
564 (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a
565 granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and
566 third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
567 (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
568 (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients
569 to form a fourth blend;
570 (j) mixing the second blend obtained in step (e) and the fourth blend obtained in
571 step (i); and
572 (k) filling a capsule with the mixture obtained in step (j).
573
574 125. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-62, 80-87, or 97-
575 118, comprising:
576 (a) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
577 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
578 (b) forming dry granules comprising the first blend; 579 (c) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
580 (d) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients
581 to form a second blend;
582 (e) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
583 (f) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
584 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
585 (g) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a
586 granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then
587 drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
588 (h) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
589 (i) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients
590 to form a capsule fill; and
591 (j) filling a capsule with the tablet core and the capsule fill.
592
593 126. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
594 comprising:
595 (m) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
596 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
597 (n) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
598 (o) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
599 (p) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients
600 to form a second blend;
601 (q) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
602 (r) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
603 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
604 (s) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a
605 granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then
606 drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
607 (t) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g); 608 (u) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients
609 to form a fourth blend;
610 (v) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
611 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fifth blend;
612 (w) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend;
613 (x) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
614 (y) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more excipients
615 to form a sixth blend;
616 (z) mixing the fourth blend of step (i) with the sixth blend of step (m), optionally
617 with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend; and
618 (aa) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (n) to the surface of the tablet
619 core, forming the outer layer.
620
621 127. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
622 comprising:
623 (q) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
624 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
625 (r) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
626 (s) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
627 (t) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients
628 to form a second blend;
629 (u) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
630 (v) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
631 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
632 (w) forming dry granules comprising the third blend;
633 (x) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
634 (y) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients
635 to form a fourth blend;
636 (z) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
637 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fifth blend; 638 (aa) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend;
639 (bb) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
640 (cc) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more
641 excipients to form a sixth blend;
642 (dd) mixing the fourth blend of step (i) with the sixth blend of step (m),
643 optionally with one or more excipients, to form a seventh blend;
644 (ee) applying the seventh blend obtained in step (n) to the surface of the tablet
645 core, forming the outer layer; and
646 (ff) applying an immediate release coating to the outer layer.
647
648 128. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
649 comprising:
650 (l) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
651 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
652 (m)forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a
653 granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules and drying
654 the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
655 (n) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
656 (o) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
657 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a second blend;
658 (p) forming dry granules comprising the second blend, or optionally mixing a
659 granulating solution with the second blend obtained in step (d) to form wet granules, then
660 drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
661 (q) milling the dry granules obtained in step (e);
662 (r) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
663 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
664 (s) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a
665 granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (g) to form wet granules and
666 drying the wet granules to obtain dry granules;
667 (t) milling the dry granules obtained in step (h); 668 (u) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in steps (c), (f), and (i) with one or
669 more excipients to form a fourth blend; and
670 (v) compressing the fourth blend to form a tablet.
671
672 129. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-79 or 88-118,
673 comprising:
674 (g) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
675 or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
676 (h) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
677 (i) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
678 0) compressing the dry granules from step (b) or step (c) to form the tablet
679 core; and
680 (k) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
681 thereof, and the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof,
682 optionally with one or more excipients, to form a second blend; and
683 (1) applying the second blend to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer
684 layer.
685
686 130. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-52 or 63-90,
687 comprising:
688 (h) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically
689 acceptable salt or solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
690 (i) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
691 0) optionally milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
692 (k) mixing the dry granules obtained in step (b) or step (c) with one or more
693 excipients to form a second blend;
694 (1) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core; and
695 H mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
696 thereof, and the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
697 thereof, optionally with one or more excipients, to form a third blend; and 698 (n) applying the third blend to the surface of the tablet core, forming an outer
699 layer.
700
701 131. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-62, 80-87, or 97-
702 118, comprising:
703 (p) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
704 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
705 (q) forming dry granules comprising the first blend, or optionally mixing a
706 granulating solution with the first blend obtained in step (a) to form wet granules;
707 (r) drying the wet granules obtained in step (b) to form dry granules;
708 (s) milling the dry granules obtained in step (c);
709 (t) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (d) with one or more excipients
710 to form a second blend;
711 (u) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
712 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
713 (v) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a
714 granulating solution to the third blend obtained in step (f), and mixing the solution and
715 third blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
716 (w) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
717 (x) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h) with one or more excipients
718 to form a fourth blend;
719 (y) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
720 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fifth blend;
721 (z) forming dry granules comprising the fifth blend, or optionally mixing a
722 granulating solution to the fifth blend obtained in step (j), and mixing the solution and fifth
723 blend to form wet granules, then drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
724 (aa) milling the dry granules obtained in step (k);
725 (bb) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (1) with one or more
726 excipients to form a sixth blend; 727 (cc) mixing the second blend obtained in step (e), the fourth blend obtained in
728 step (i), and the sixth blend obtained in step (m); and
729 (dd) filling a capsule with the mixture obtained in step (n).
730
731 132. A process for preparing the composition of any one of Claims 1-62, 80-87, or 97-
732 118, comprising:
733 (m) mixing the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
734 solvate thereof, with one or more excipients to form a first blend;
735 (n) forming dry granules comprising the first blend;
736 (o) milling the dry granules obtained in step (b);
737 (p) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (c) with one or more excipients
738 to form a second blend;
739 (q) compressing the second blend to form the tablet core;
740 (r) mixing the FXR agonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
741 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a third blend;
742 (s) forming dry granules comprising the third blend, or optionally mixing a
743 granulating solution with the third blend obtained in step (f) to form wet granules, then
744 drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
745 (t) milling the dry granules obtained in step (g);
746 (u) mixing the SGLT-2 inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate
747 thereof, with one or more excipients to form a fourth blend;
748 (v) forming dry granules comprising the fourth blend, or optionally mixing a
749 granulating solution with the fourth blend obtained in step (i) to form wet granules, then
750 drying the wet granules to form dry granules;
751 (w) milling the dry granules obtained in step (j);
752 (x) mixing the milled dry granules obtained in step (h), the milled dry granules
753 obtained in step (k), and one or more excipients to form a capsule fill; and
754 (y) filling a capsule with the tablet core and the capsule fill.
755
756 133. The process of any one of Claims 119-132, wherein the compound of Formula (I),
757 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in substantially
758 amorphous form.
759
760 134. The process of any one of Claims 119-133, wherein the compound of Formula (I),
761 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is prepared by spray drying, spray
762 drying with one or more excipients, hot-melt extrusion, or dissolution followed by
763 precipitation onto an amorphous substrate.
764
765 135. The process of Claim 134, wherein the amorphous substrate is amorphous silica or
766 fumed silica.
767
768 136. The process of any one of Claims 119-135, wherein the FXR agonist, or a
769 pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is present in crystalline form.
770
771 137. A method of treating a PPARy-mediated disease or disorder, comprising
772 administering the composition of any one of Claims 1-118 to a subject in need thereof.
773
774 138. The method of Claim 137, wherein the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder is type
775 2 diabetes, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
776 (NASH), or a combination of any of the foregoing.
777
778 139. The method of Claim 137 or 138, wherein the PPARy-mediated disease or disorder
779 is type 2 diabetes and NASH.
780
781 140. The method of Claim 139, wherein type 2 diabetes and NASH are treated.
782
783 141. The method of Claim 139, wherein NASH is treated.
784
785
786
PCT/US2021/048594 2020-09-03 2021-09-01 Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a fxr agonist WO2022051321A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202063074259P 2020-09-03 2020-09-03
US63/074,259 2020-09-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022051321A1 true WO2022051321A1 (en) 2022-03-10

Family

ID=77924517

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/048594 WO2022051321A1 (en) 2020-09-03 2021-09-01 Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a fxr agonist

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022051321A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024043842A1 (en) * 2022-08-22 2024-02-29 Pharmactive Ilac Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising chenodeoxycholic acid (cdca) as active ingredient and other relevant excipients

Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6200995B1 (en) 1998-01-29 2001-03-13 Tularik Inc. PPAR-γ modulators
US6583157B2 (en) 1998-01-29 2003-06-24 Tularik Inc. Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl modulators
US6653332B2 (en) 2000-05-03 2003-11-25 Tularik Inc. Combination therapeutic compositions and method of use
US20050215882A1 (en) 2004-03-23 2005-09-29 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Noninvasive method to determine fat content of tissues using MRI
US7041691B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2006-05-09 Amgen Inc. Compounds for the modulation of PPARγ activity
US7223761B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2007-05-29 Amgen Inc. Salts and polymorphs of a potent antidiabetic compound
US20160146715A1 (en) 2014-11-21 2016-05-26 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Dust sensor and electronic product using the same
US20160260398A1 (en) 2014-10-29 2016-09-08 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Shift Register Unit and Driving Method thereof, Shift Register Circuit, and Display Apparatus
US9872844B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2018-01-23 Nusirt Sciences, Inc. Compositions and methods for the reduction or prevention of hepatic steatosis
US20180140219A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-24 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research System and method for generating nonalcoholic fatty liver disease activity score (nas) using magnetic resonance elastography
US10052337B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2018-08-21 Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of obeticholic acid and methods of use
WO2018153933A1 (en) * 2017-02-21 2018-08-30 Genfit Combination of a ppar agonist with a fxr agonist
US10155787B2 (en) 2012-06-19 2018-12-18 Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation and uses of obeticholic acid
WO2020142365A1 (en) * 2018-12-31 2020-07-09 Christos Mantzoros Compositions and methods to treat non-alcoholic fatty liver diseases (nafld)
WO2020172075A1 (en) * 2019-02-19 2020-08-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of fxr agonists
WO2020205024A1 (en) * 2019-04-04 2020-10-08 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and methods to treat non-alcoholic fatty liver diseases (nafld)

Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6200995B1 (en) 1998-01-29 2001-03-13 Tularik Inc. PPAR-γ modulators
US6583157B2 (en) 1998-01-29 2003-06-24 Tularik Inc. Quinolinyl and benzothiazolyl modulators
US7041691B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2006-05-09 Amgen Inc. Compounds for the modulation of PPARγ activity
US6653332B2 (en) 2000-05-03 2003-11-25 Tularik Inc. Combination therapeutic compositions and method of use
US7223761B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2007-05-29 Amgen Inc. Salts and polymorphs of a potent antidiabetic compound
US20050215882A1 (en) 2004-03-23 2005-09-29 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Noninvasive method to determine fat content of tissues using MRI
US10155787B2 (en) 2012-06-19 2018-12-18 Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Preparation and uses of obeticholic acid
US9872844B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2018-01-23 Nusirt Sciences, Inc. Compositions and methods for the reduction or prevention of hepatic steatosis
US20160260398A1 (en) 2014-10-29 2016-09-08 Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. Shift Register Unit and Driving Method thereof, Shift Register Circuit, and Display Apparatus
US20160146715A1 (en) 2014-11-21 2016-05-26 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Dust sensor and electronic product using the same
US10052337B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2018-08-21 Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of obeticholic acid and methods of use
US20180140219A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-24 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research System and method for generating nonalcoholic fatty liver disease activity score (nas) using magnetic resonance elastography
WO2018153933A1 (en) * 2017-02-21 2018-08-30 Genfit Combination of a ppar agonist with a fxr agonist
WO2020142365A1 (en) * 2018-12-31 2020-07-09 Christos Mantzoros Compositions and methods to treat non-alcoholic fatty liver diseases (nafld)
WO2020172075A1 (en) * 2019-02-19 2020-08-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of fxr agonists
WO2020205024A1 (en) * 2019-04-04 2020-10-08 Coherus Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and methods to treat non-alcoholic fatty liver diseases (nafld)

Non-Patent Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ADAMS ET AL., CLIN CHEM., vol. 51, no. 10, October 2005 (2005-10-01), pages 1867 - 73
ALI ET AL., ANN TRANSL MED., vol. 3, no. 1, January 2015 (2015-01-01), pages 5
ANGULO ET AL., HEPATOLOGY, vol. 45, no. 4, 2007, pages 846 - 54
ANONYMOUS: "Assessment report for Komboglyze", 1 June 2011 (2011-06-01), pages 1 - 77, XP055865009, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/documents/assessment-report/komboglyze-epar-public-assessment-report_en.pdf> [retrieved on 20211123] *
ARTERIOSCLER THROMB VASE BIOL, vol. 25, no. 10, 21 July 2005 (2005-07-21), pages 2020 - 30
BRUNT ET AL., AM J GASTROENTEROL, vol. 94, 1999, pages 2467 - 2474
BRUNT ET AL., AM J GASTROENTEROL., vol. 94, 1999, pages 2467 - 2474
CHALASANI ET AL., HEPATOLOGY, vol. 67, no. 1, 2018, pages 328 - 357
ISHAK ET AL., J HEPATOL., vol. 22, 1995, pages 696 - 9
KLEINER ET AL., HEPATOLOGY, vol. 41, no. 6, 2005, pages 1313 - 1321
LICHTINGHAGEN R ET AL., J HEPATOL., vol. 59, no. 2, August 2013 (2013-08-01), pages 236 - 42
MCPHERSON ET AL., GUT, vol. 59, no. 9, September 2010 (2010-09-01), pages 1265 - 9
NEUMAN ET AL., CAN J GASTROENTEROL HEPATOL., vol. 28, no. 11, December 2014 (2014-12-01), pages 607 - 618
NIKOLAOS PERAKAKIS ET AL: "The Selective Peroxisome Proliferator- Activated Receptor Gamma Modulator CHS-131 Improves Liver Histopathology and Metabolism in a Mouse Model of Obesity and Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis", HEPATOLOGY COMMUNICATIONS, vol. 4, no. 9, 28 July 2020 (2020-07-28), pages 1302 - 1315, XP055764235, DOI: 10.1002/hep4.1558/suppinfo *
PARK ET AL., CURR PATHOBIOL REP, vol. 3, no. 4, 1 December 2015 (2015-12-01), pages 243 - 252
PEREZ MJBRIZ O, WORLD J GASTROENTEROL., vol. 15, no. 14, 14 April 2009 (2009-04-14), pages 1677 - 89
POURKAVOOS NAZANEEN: "Unique Risks, Benefits, and Challenges of Developing Drug-Drug Combination Products in a Pharmaceutical Industrial Setting", vol. 2, no. 1, 1 January 2012 (2012-01-01), XP055865012, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://link.springer.com/content/pdf/10.1007/s13556-012-0002-2.pdf> DOI: 10.1007/s13556-012-0002-2 *
SATAPATHY SKSANYAL AJ, SEMIN LIVER DIS., vol. 35, no. 3, 2015, pages 221 - 35
SCHEEN, CIRC RES, vol. 122, 2018, pages 1439
SORRENTINO P ET AL., DIG DIS SCI., vol. 50, no. 6, June 2005 (2005-06-01), pages 1130 - 5
WRIGHT: "Am J Physiol Renal Physiol", vol. 280, 2001, pages: F 10

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024043842A1 (en) * 2022-08-22 2024-02-29 Pharmactive Ilac Sanayi Ve Ticaret A.S. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising chenodeoxycholic acid (cdca) as active ingredient and other relevant excipients

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102606253B1 (en) Formulations of 2-(tert-butylamino)-4-((1r,3r,4r)-3-hydroxy-4-methylcyclohexylamino)-pyrimidine-5-carboxamide
US20220105093A1 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions and combinations comprising inhibitors of the androgen receptor and uses thereof
JP6557684B2 (en) PPAR compounds used for the treatment of fibrotic diseases
US11524939B2 (en) Solid forms of {[5-(3-chlorophenyl)-3-hydroxypyridine-2-carbonyl]amino} acetic acid
RU2765101C1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
CN114126612A (en) Treatment of hereditary angioedema
CN113993520A (en) Treatment of angioedema
WO2010009618A1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition for treating hypertension and metabolic syndrome and use thereof
JP2023057082A (en) Gemcabene, pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, compositions thereof and methods of use therefor
WO2022051321A1 (en) Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a fxr agonist
WO2017155053A1 (en) Therapeutic agent for nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
PT2019668E (en) Pharmaceutical composition comprising candesartan cilexetil
WO2022051316A1 (en) Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a sglt-2 inhibitor
US20210387946A1 (en) Solid dispersions and pharmaceutical compositions comprising a substituted indane and methods for the preparation and use thereof
BR112021012226A2 (en) COMPOSITIONS OF AMORPHO SPARSENTAN
WO2022051319A1 (en) Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a dpp-4 inhibitor
WO2022051318A1 (en) Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a thyroid receptor beta agonist
WO2022051323A1 (en) Fixed dose combinations of chs-131 and a ppar agonist
US20230381162A1 (en) Treatments of angioedema
CN111000848A (en) Piperidine drugs for the prophylaxis and treatment of fatty liver diseases and related diseases
WO2015178683A1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition comprising p-glycoprotein inhibitor and p-glycoprotein substrate drug
EP3639827A1 (en) Use of ambrisentan for the treatment of portal hypertension and cirrhosis
US20220183981A1 (en) Spray-dried formulation of a pyridazinone trpc5 inhibitor
WO2023158616A1 (en) ORAL DOSAGE FORMS OF TRβ AGONIST VK2809 FOR THE TREATMENT OF LIVER DISORDERS AND METHODS OF PREPARING THE SAME
KR20230027388A (en) Combination preparation for treating or preventing steatohepatitis, lipidosis, or fibrosis

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21778305

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21778305

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1